]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/loaddefs.el
*** empty log message ***
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15381 46545))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
30
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
33
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
36
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
39
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
42 Mutate the result." t nil)
43
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
46
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
51
52 ;;;***
53 \f
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (15564 31133))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
57
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
64
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67 This version was built on $Date: 2002/04/28 21:14:17 $.
68
69 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70 \\{ada-mode-map}
71
72 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
73 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
74
75 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
76 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
77
78 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
79 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
80
81 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
82
83 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
84 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
85
86 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
87 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
88
89 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
90 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
91 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
92 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
93 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
94
95 If you use imenu.el:
96 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
97
98 If you use find-file.el:
99 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
101 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
102 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
103 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
104
105 If you use ada-xref.el:
106 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
107 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
108 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
109
110 ;;;***
111 \f
112 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
113 ;;;;;; (15539 14609))
114 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
115
116 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
117 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
118
119 ;;;***
120 \f
121 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
122 ;;;;;; (15563 27310))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
124
125 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
126 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
127 Completion is available." t nil)
128
129 ;;;***
130 \f
131 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
132 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
133 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
134 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15320 20633))
135 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
136
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
140
141 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
142 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
143 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
144
145 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
146 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
147
148 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
149 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
150
151 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
152 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
153 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
154 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
155
156 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
157 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
158 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
159
160 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
161 current buffer to the complete file name.
162 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
163
164 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
165 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
166 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
167 name and site.
168
169 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
170 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171
172 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173
174 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
175 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
176 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177
178 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
179 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
180 the same person.
181
182 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
183 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
184 notices.
185
186 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
187 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
188
189 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
190 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
191 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
192 the change log file in another window." t nil)
193 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
194
195 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
196 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
197 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
198 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
199 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
200 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
201
202 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
203 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
204
205 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
206 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
207
208 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
209 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
210
211 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
212 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
213
214 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
215 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
216
217 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
218 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
219 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
220 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
221 `add-log-current-defun-function'
222
223 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
224
225 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
226 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
227 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
228 the appropriate motion commands).
229
230 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
231 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
232
233 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
234 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
235
236 ;;;***
237 \f
238 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
239 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15566
240 ;;;;;; 7178))
241 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
242
243 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
244 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
245 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
246 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
247 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
248 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
249 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
250 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
251 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
252 interpreted as `error'.")
253
254 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
255 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
256 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
257 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
258 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
259 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
260 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
261 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
262
263 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
264 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
265 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
266 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
267 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
268 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
269 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
270 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
271 will be overwritten with the new one.
272 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
273 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
274 will clear the cache." nil nil)
275
276 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
277 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
278 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
279
280 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
281 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
282 BODY... )
283
284 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
285 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
286 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
287 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
288 see also `ad-add-advice'.
289 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
290 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
291 before/around/after-advices will be used.
292 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
293 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
294 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
295 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
296 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
297 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
298
299 Semantics of the various flags:
300 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
301 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
302 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
303
304 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
305 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
306
307 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
308 advised function should be compiled.
309
310 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
311 during activation until somebody enables it.
312
313 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
314 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
315 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
316 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
317
318 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
319 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
320 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
321 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
322 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
323 during preloading.
324
325 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
326
327 ;;;***
328 \f
329 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
330 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
331 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15567 23556))
332 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
333
334 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
335 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
336 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
337 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
338 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
339 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
340 rule's `separate' attribute).
341
342 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
343 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
344 `separate' attribute set.
345
346 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
347 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
348 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
349 on the format of these lists." t nil)
350
351 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
352 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
353 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
354 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
355 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
356 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
357 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
358 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
359 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
360 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
361 options.
362
363 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
364 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
365
366 Fred (123) 456-7890
367 Alice (123) 456-7890
368 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
369 Joe (123) 456-7890
370
371 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
372 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
373 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
374
375 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
376 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
377 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
378 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
379 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
380 align that section." t nil)
381
382 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
383 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
384 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
385 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
386 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
387 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
388 been used to align that section." t nil)
389
390 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
391 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
392 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
393 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
394 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
395 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
396 to be colored." t nil)
397
398 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
399 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
400
401 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
402 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
403
404 ;;;***
405 \f
406 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
407 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15576 11370))
408 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
409
410 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
411
412 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
413 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
414 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
415 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
416 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
417 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
418
419 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
420
421 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
422
423 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
424
425 ;;;***
426 \f
427 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
428 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15220 9096))
429 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
430
431 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
432 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
433 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
434 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
435 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
436 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
437 in the current window." nil nil)
438
439 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
440 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
441 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil)
442
443 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
444 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil)
445
446 ;;;***
447 \f
448 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
449 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15363 46804))
450 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
451
452 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
453 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil)
454
455 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
456 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
457
458 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
459 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
460 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
461 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
462
463 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
464 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
465
466 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil)
467
468 ;;;***
469 \f
470 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
471 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15408 52215))
472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
473
474 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
475 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
476 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
477 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
478 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
479 \\[yank].
480
481 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
482 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
483 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
484 the rules.
485
486 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
487 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
488 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
489 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
490
491 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
492 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
493 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
494
495 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
496 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
497 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
498
499 ;;;***
500 \f
501 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
502 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
503 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
504 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15362 27516))
505 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
506
507 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
508 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
509 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
510 as the first thing on a line.")
511
512 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
513 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
514
515 (defvar appt-audible t "\
516 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
517
518 (defvar appt-visible t "\
519 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
520
521 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
522 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
523
524 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
525 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
526
527 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
528 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
529
530 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
531 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
532 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
533
534 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
535 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
536 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
537
538 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
539 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
540
541 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
542 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
543 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
544 put in the appointments list.
545 02/23/89
546 12:00pm lunch
547 Wednesday
548 10:00am group meeting
549 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
550 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
551 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
552
553 ;;;***
554 \f
555 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
556 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15572
557 ;;;;;; 475))
558 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
559
560 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
561 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
562
563 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
564
565 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
566 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
567 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
568 normal variables." t nil)
569
570 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
571
572 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
573 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
574 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
575 noninteractive functions.
576
577 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
578 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
579
580 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
581 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
582 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
583 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
584 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
585
586 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
587 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
588 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
589 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
590 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
591
592 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
593 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
594 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
595 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
596 bindings.
597 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
598
599 ;;;***
600 \f
601 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15490
602 ;;;;;; 39259))
603 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
604
605 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
606 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
607 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
608 Letters no longer insert themselves.
609 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
610 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
611
612 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
613 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
614 archive.
615
616 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
617
618 ;;;***
619 \f
620 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15425 19755))
621 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
622
623 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
624 Major mode for editing arrays.
625
626 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
627 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
628 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
629
630 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
631
632 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
633 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
634 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
635
636 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
637 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
638 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
639 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
640 The variables are:
641
642 Variables you assign:
643 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
644 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
645 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
646 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
647 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
648 row numbers in the buffer.
649
650 Variables which are calculated:
651 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
652 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
653
654 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
655 take a numeric prefix argument):
656
657 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
658 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
659 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
660 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
661
662 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
663 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
664 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
665 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
666
667 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
668 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
669 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
670 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
671
672 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
673 between that of point and mark.
674
675 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
676 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
677
678 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
679 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
680 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
681 newlines inside rows)
682
683 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
684
685 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
686
687 ;;;***
688 \f
689 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15490
690 ;;;;;; 41522))
691 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
692
693 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
694 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
695 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
696 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
697
698 How to quit artist mode
699
700 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
701
702
703 How to submit a bug report
704
705 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
706
707
708 Drawing with the mouse:
709
710 mouse-2
711 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
712 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
713 below).
714
715 mouse-1
716 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
717 or pastes:
718
719 Operation Not shifted Shifted
720 --------------------------------------------------------------
721 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
722 to new point
723 --------------------------------------------------------------
724 Line Line in any direction Straight line
725 --------------------------------------------------------------
726 Rectangle Rectangle Square
727 --------------------------------------------------------------
728 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
729 --------------------------------------------------------------
730 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
731 --------------------------------------------------------------
732 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
733 --------------------------------------------------------------
734 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
735 --------------------------------------------------------------
736 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
737 --------------------------------------------------------------
738 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
739 lines
740 --------------------------------------------------------------
741 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
742 --------------------------------------------------------------
743 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
744 --------------------------------------------------------------
745 Paste Paste Paste
746 --------------------------------------------------------------
747 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
748 --------------------------------------------------------------
749
750 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
751 or diagonally.
752
753 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
754 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
755 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
756 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
757 poly-lines.
758
759 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
760 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
761 overwrite means the opposite.
762
763 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
764 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
765 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
766
767 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
768
769 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
770 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
771
772 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
773 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
774 are currently drawing something.
775
776 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
777 some time to fill.
778
779
780 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
781 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
782
783
784 Settings
785
786 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
787
788 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
789
790 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
791
792 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
793
794 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
795 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
796
797 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
798
799
800 Drawing with keys
801
802 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
803 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
804 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
805 When erase characters: toggles erasing
806 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
807 When pasting: Pastes
808
809 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
810
811 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
812
813 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
814 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
815 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
816 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
817 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
818 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
819
820
821 Arrows
822
823 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
824 of the line/poly-line
825
826 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
827 of the line/poly-line
828
829
830 Selecting operation
831
832 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
833
834 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
835 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
836 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
837 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
838 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
839 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
840 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
841 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
842 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
843 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
844 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
845 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
846 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
847 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
848 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
849 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
850 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
851 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
852 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
853 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
854
855
856 Variables
857
858 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
859 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
860
861 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
862 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
863 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
864 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
865 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
866 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
867 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
868 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
869 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
870 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
871 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
872 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
873 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
874 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
875 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
876 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
877 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
878 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
879 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
880
881 Hooks
882
883 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
884 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
885
886
887 Keymap summary
888
889 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
890
891 ;;;***
892 \f
893 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
894 ;;;;;; 3352))
895 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
896
897 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
898 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
899 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
900
901 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
902 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
903 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
904 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
905
906 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
907 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
908
909 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
910 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
911
912 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
913
914 Special commands:
915 \\{asm-mode-map}
916 " t nil)
917
918 ;;;***
919 \f
920 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
921 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
922 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
923
924 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
925 Obsolete.")
926
927 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
928 This command is obsolete." t nil)
929
930 ;;;***
931 \f
932 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
933 ;;;;;; (14651 24723))
934 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
935
936 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
937 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
938 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
939 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
940 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
941
942 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
943
944 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
945
946 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
947 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
948 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
949 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
950 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
951 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
952 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
953 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
954 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
955 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
956
957 For example:
958 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
959 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
960 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
961 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
962 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
963
964 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
965
966 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
967 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
968 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
969 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
970 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
971
972 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
973
974 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
975
976 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
977 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
978 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
979 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
980 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
981 &c to supply digit arguments.
982
983 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
984
985 ;;;***
986 \f
987 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
988 ;;;;;; (15327 25266))
989 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
990
991 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
992 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
993
994 ;;;***
995 \f
996 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
997 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15566 54821))
998 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
999
1000 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1001 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1002 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
1003
1004 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1005 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1006 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1007 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
1008
1009 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1010 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1011 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1012 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1013 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1014
1015 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1016
1017 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
1018
1019 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1020 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1021 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1022 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1023
1024 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1025 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
1026
1027 ;;;***
1028 \f
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1030 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1031 ;;;;;; (15428 59181))
1032 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1033
1034 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1035 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1036 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1037 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it." t nil)
1038
1039 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
1040 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1041 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
1042
1043 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1044 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1045 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
1046
1047 ;;;***
1048 \f
1049 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1050 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 8758))
1051 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1052
1053 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1054 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1055 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1056
1057 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1058 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1059
1060 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1061 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1062 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
1063
1064 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1065 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1066
1067 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1068 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
1069
1070 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1071 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1072 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1073 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1074 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1075
1076 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1077
1078 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1079
1080 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1081 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1082
1083 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1084 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1085 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
1086
1087 ;;;***
1088 \f
1089 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1090 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15197 22088))
1091 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1092
1093 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1094 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1095 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1096 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1097 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1098
1099 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1100
1101 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1102
1103 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1104 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1105 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1106 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1107
1108 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1109 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1110 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1111
1112 Effects of the different modes:
1113 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1114 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1115 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1116 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1117 a random distance & direction.
1118 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1119 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1120 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1121
1122 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1123
1124 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1125 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1126 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
1127
1128 ;;;***
1129 \f
1130 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15303
1131 ;;;;;; 10362))
1132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1133
1134 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1135 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1136 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1137 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1138 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1139
1140 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1141
1142 ;;;***
1143 \f
1144 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1145 ;;;;;; (15251 14241))
1146 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1147
1148 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1149 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1150
1151 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1152 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1153
1154 For example:
1155
1156 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1157 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1158 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1159 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1160
1161 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
1162
1163 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1164
1165 ;;;***
1166 \f
1167 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1168 ;;;;;; (15380 36042))
1169 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1170
1171 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1172 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1173 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1174 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
1175
1176 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1177 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1178 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1179 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1180 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1181 seconds." t nil)
1182
1183 ;;;***
1184 \f
1185 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15507
1186 ;;;;;; 13708))
1187 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1188
1189 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1190 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1191
1192 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1193 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1194 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1195 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1196 message.
1197
1198
1199 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1200
1201 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1202 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1203 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1204 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1205 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1206
1207 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1208 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1209 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1210 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1211 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1212 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1213
1214 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1215 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1216 BibTeX mode.
1217
1218
1219 Special information:
1220
1221 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1222
1223 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1224 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1225 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1226 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1227 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1228 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1229 current field.
1230 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1231 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1232
1233 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1234 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1235 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1236 bibtex-entry-format.
1237 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1238 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1239 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1240
1241 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1242 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1243
1244 The following may be of interest as well:
1245
1246 Functions:
1247 bibtex-entry
1248 bibtex-kill-entry
1249 bibtex-yank-pop
1250 bibtex-pop-previous
1251 bibtex-pop-next
1252 bibtex-complete-string
1253 bibtex-complete-key
1254 bibtex-print-help-message
1255 bibtex-generate-autokey
1256 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1257 bibtex-end-of-entry
1258 bibtex-reposition-window
1259 bibtex-mark-entry
1260 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1261 bibtex-ispell-entry
1262 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1263 bibtex-sort-buffer
1264 bibtex-validate
1265 bibtex-count
1266 bibtex-fill-entry
1267 bibtex-reformat
1268 bibtex-convert-alien
1269
1270 Variables:
1271 bibtex-field-delimiters
1272 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1273 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1274 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1275 bibtex-entry-format
1276 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1277 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1278 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1279 bibtex-predefined-strings
1280 bibtex-string-files
1281
1282 ---------------------------------------------------------
1283 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1284 non-nil.
1285
1286 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1287
1288 ;;;***
1289 \f
1290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15455 34046))
1291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1292
1293 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1294
1295 ;;;***
1296 \f
1297 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15393
1298 ;;;;;; 35394))
1299 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1300
1301 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1302 Play blackbox.
1303 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1304
1305 What is blackbox?
1306
1307 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1308 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1309 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1310 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1311 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1312 your score.
1313
1314 Overview of play:
1315
1316 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1317 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1318 four.
1319
1320 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1321 movement keys.
1322
1323 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1324 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1325
1326 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1327 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1328
1329 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1330 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1331 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1332 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1333 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1334 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1335
1336 Details:
1337
1338 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1339
1340 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1341 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1342 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1343 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1344
1345 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1346 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1347 denoted by the letter `R'.
1348
1349 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1350 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1351 denoted by the letter `H'.
1352
1353 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1354 example.
1355
1356 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1357 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1358 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1359 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1360 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1361 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1362 ray.
1363
1364 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1365 degree deflection it causes.
1366
1367 1
1368 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1369 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1370 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1371 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1372 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1373 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1374 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1375 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1376 2 3
1377
1378 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1379 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1380
1381
1382 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1383 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1384 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1385 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1386 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1387 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1388 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1389 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1390
1391 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1392 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1393 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1394 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1395 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1396 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1397 emerging from the box.
1398
1399 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1400
1401 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1402 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1403 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1404 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1405 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1406 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1407 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1408 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1409
1410 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1411 a reflection." t nil)
1412
1413 ;;;***
1414 \f
1415 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1416 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1417 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1418 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1419 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1420 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15394 11948))
1421 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1422 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1423 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1424 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1425
1426 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1427 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1428 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1429 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1430 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1431 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1432
1433 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1434
1435 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1436
1437 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1438
1439 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1440
1441 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1442
1443 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1444
1445 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1446
1447 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1448
1449 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1450
1451 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1452
1453 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1454
1455 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1456
1457 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1458
1459 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1460 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1461 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1462 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1463 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1464 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1465 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1466 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1467 recent one.
1468
1469 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1470 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1471 yank successive words.
1472
1473 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1474 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1475 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1476 name of the file being visited.
1477
1478 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1479 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1480 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1481
1482 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1483 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1484 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1485 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1486 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1487 this.
1488
1489 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1490 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1491 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1492 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1493
1494 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1495 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1496 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1497 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1498 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1499
1500 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1501 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1502 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1503 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1504
1505 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1506
1507 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1508 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1509 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1510 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1511
1512 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1513 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1514 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1515
1516 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1517 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1518 name." t nil)
1519
1520 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1521 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1522 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1523 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1524 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1525 this." t nil)
1526
1527 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1528 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1529 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1530 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1531 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1532 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1533 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1534 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1535
1536 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1537 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1538 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1539
1540 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1541 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1542 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1543 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1544 \(second argument).
1545
1546 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1547 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1548 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1549 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1550 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1551
1552 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1553 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1554 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1555 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1556
1557 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1558 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1559 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1560 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1561 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1562 while loading.
1563
1564 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1565 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1566 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1567 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1568 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1569 explicitly.
1570
1571 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1572 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1573 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1574 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1575
1576 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1577 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1578 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1579 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1580 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1581
1582 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1583
1584 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1585
1586 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1587 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1588 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1589 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1590 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1591 this.
1592
1593 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1594 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1595 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1596
1597 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1598 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1599 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1600 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1601 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1602 this.
1603
1604 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1605 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1606 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1607
1608 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1609 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1610 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1611
1612 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1613 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1614 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1615
1616 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1617 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1618 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1619 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1620 prompts for NEWNAME.
1621 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1622 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1623 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1624
1625 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1626 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1627 name.
1628
1629 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1630 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1631 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1632
1633 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1634 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1635 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1636 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1637 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1638 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1639
1640 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1641 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1642 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1643
1644 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1645
1646 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1647
1648 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1649
1650 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1651
1652 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1653
1654 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1655
1656 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1657
1658 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1659
1660 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1661
1662 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1663
1664 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1665
1666 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1667
1668 ;;;***
1669 \f
1670 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1671 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1672 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1673 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1674 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1675 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1676 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1677 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1678 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-galeon-program
1679 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-display browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1680 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15509 27625))
1681 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1682
1683 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-default-browser)) "\
1684 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1685 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1686 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1687
1688 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1689 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1690 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1691 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1692 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1693
1694 (defvar browse-url-browser-display nil "\
1695 *The X display for running the browser, if not same as Emacs'.")
1696
1697 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1698 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1699
1700 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1701 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1702 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1703 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1704 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1705
1706 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1707 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1708 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1709
1710 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1711 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1712
1713 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1714 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1715 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1716 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1717 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1718 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1719
1720 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1721 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1722 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1723 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1724 narrowed." t nil)
1725
1726 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1727 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1728
1729 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1730 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1731
1732 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1733 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1734 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1735 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1736
1737 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1738 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1739 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1740 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1741
1742 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1743 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1744 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1745 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1746 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1747 to use." t nil)
1748
1749 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1750 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1751 Default to the URL around or before point.
1752
1753 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1754 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1755 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1756 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1757
1758 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1759 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1760
1761 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1762 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3." nil nil)
1763
1764 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1765 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1766 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1767 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1768
1769 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1770 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1771 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1772 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1773
1774 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1775 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1776
1777 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1778 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1779 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1780 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1781
1782 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1783 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1784 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1785 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1786
1787 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1788 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1789
1790 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1791 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1792 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1793 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1794
1795 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1796 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1797 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1798 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1799
1800 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1801 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1802 new tab in an existing window instead.
1803
1804 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1805 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1806
1807 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1808 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1809 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1810 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1811
1812 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1813 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1814 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1815 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1816
1817 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1818 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1819
1820 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1821 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1822
1823 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1824 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1825 program is invoked according to the variable
1826 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1827
1828 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1829 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1830 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1831 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1832
1833 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1834 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1835
1836 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1837 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1838 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1839
1840 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1841 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1842 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1843 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1844
1845 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1846 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1847 Default to the URL around or before point.
1848
1849 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1850 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1851 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1852
1853 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1854 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1855 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1856 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1857
1858 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1859 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1860
1861 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1862 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1863 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1864
1865 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1866 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1867 Default to the URL around or before point.
1868
1869 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1870 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1871 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1872
1873 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1874 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1875
1876 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1877 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1878 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1879 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1880
1881 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1882 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1883 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1884 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1885 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1886
1887 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1888 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1889 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1890 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1891
1892 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1893 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1894 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1895 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1896
1897 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1898 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1899
1900 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1901 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1902 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1903
1904 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1905 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1906 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1907 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1908 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1909 current one.
1910
1911 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1912 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1913 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1914 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1915
1916 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1917 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1918
1919 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1920 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1921 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1922 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1923 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1924 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1925
1926 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1927 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1928 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1929
1930 ;;;***
1931 \f
1932 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15387
1933 ;;;;;; 9932))
1934 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1935
1936 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1937 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1938
1939 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1940 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1941
1942 ;;;***
1943 \f
1944 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1945 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15354 40500))
1946 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1947
1948 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1949 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1950 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1951 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1952
1953 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1954 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1955 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1956 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1957
1958 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1959 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1960
1961 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1962 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1963 \\<bs-mode-map>
1964 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1965 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1966 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1967 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1968
1969 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1970 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1971 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1972 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1973 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1974
1975 ;;;***
1976 \f
1977 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
1978 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15412
1979 ;;;;;; 6557))
1980 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
1981
1982 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
1983 Keymap used by buttons.")
1984
1985 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
1986 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
1987 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
1988
1989 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
1990 Define a `button type' called NAME.
1991 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1992 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
1993 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
1994 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
1995
1996 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
1997 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
1998 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
1999 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes)." nil nil)
2000
2001 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2002 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2003 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2004 specifying properties to add to the button.
2005 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2006 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2007 `define-button-type'.
2008
2009 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'." nil nil)
2010
2011 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2012 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2013 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2014 specifying properties to add to the button.
2015 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2016 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2017 `define-button-type'.
2018
2019 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'." nil nil)
2020
2021 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2022 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2023 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2024 specifying properties to add to the button.
2025 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2026 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2027 `define-button-type'.
2028
2029 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2030 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2031 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2032 `make-text-button'.
2033
2034 Also see `insert-text-button'." nil nil)
2035
2036 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2037 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2038 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2039 specifying properties to add to the button.
2040 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2041 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2042 `define-button-type'.
2043
2044 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2045 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2046 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2047 `insert-text-button'.
2048
2049 Also see `make-text-button'." nil nil)
2050
2051 ;;;***
2052 \f
2053 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2054 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2055 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2056 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2057 ;;;;;; (15518 11598))
2058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2059
2060 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2061 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2062 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
2063
2064 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2065 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2066 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2067 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2068
2069 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
2070 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
2071 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
2072 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
2073
2074 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
2075
2076 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2077 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
2078
2079 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2080 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2081 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2082 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2083 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
2084
2085 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2086 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2087 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2088 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
2089
2090 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2091 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2092 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
2093
2094 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2095 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2096 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2097 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2098 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2099 all functions called by those functions.
2100
2101 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2102 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2103 cons, etc.).
2104
2105 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2106 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2107 invoked interactively." t nil)
2108
2109 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2110 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2111 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2112 it won't work in an interactive Emacs." nil nil)
2113
2114 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2115 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2116 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2117 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2118 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2119 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2120 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2121 already up-to-date." nil nil)
2122
2123 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2124 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2125 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2126 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
2127
2128 ;;;***
2129 \f
2130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15186 39912))
2131 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2132
2133 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2134
2135 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2136
2137 ;;;***
2138 \f
2139 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2140 ;;;;;; (15531 4260))
2141 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2142
2143 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2144 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2145 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2146 from the cursor position." t nil)
2147
2148 ;;;***
2149 \f
2150 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2151 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2152 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15564
2153 ;;;;;; 39428))
2154 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2155
2156 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2157 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2158
2159 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2160 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2161
2162 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2163 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2164 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2165 If nil, use original installation directory.
2166 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2167
2168 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2169 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2170
2171 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2172 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2173
2174 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2175 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2176 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2177
2178 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2179 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details." t nil)
2180
2181 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2182 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\"." t nil)
2183
2184 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2185 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window." t nil)
2186
2187 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2188 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator." t nil)
2189
2190 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2191 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2192 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2193 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form." nil nil)
2194
2195 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2196 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2197 This is most useful in the X window system.
2198 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2199 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press." t nil)
2200
2201 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2202 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2203 See calc-keypad for details." t nil)
2204
2205 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2206 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2207
2208 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2209 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2210
2211 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2212 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point." t nil)
2213
2214 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2215 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2216 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto." t nil)
2217
2218 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" nil nil (quote macro))
2219
2220 ;;;***
2221 \f
2222 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2223 ;;;;;; (15483 59373))
2224 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2225
2226 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2227 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc." nil nil)
2228
2229 ;;;***
2230 \f
2231 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15453
2232 ;;;;;; 16009))
2233 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2234
2235 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2236 Run the Emacs calculator.
2237 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
2238
2239 ;;;***
2240 \f
2241 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2242 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2243 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2244 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2245 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2246 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2247 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2248 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2249 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2250 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2251 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2252 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2253 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2254 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2255 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2256 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2257 ;;;;;; (15531 5620))
2258 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2259
2260 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2261 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2262 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2263
2264 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2265 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2266 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2267 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2268 the screen.")
2269
2270 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2271 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2272 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2273 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2274 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2275
2276 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2277 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2278 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2279 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2280 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2281 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2282 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2283
2284 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2285 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2286 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2287 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2288 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2289
2290 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2291 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2292 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2293
2294 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2295 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2296 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2297
2298 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2299 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2300 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2301
2302 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2303 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2304 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2305 displayed.")
2306
2307 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2308 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2309 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2310
2311 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2312 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2313 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2314
2315 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2316
2317 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2318 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2319 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2320
2321 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2322 calendar.")
2323
2324 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2325 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2326 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2327
2328 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2329 calendar.")
2330
2331 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2332 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2333 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2334
2335 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2336 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2337 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2338 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2339 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2340
2341 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2342 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2343 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2344 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2345 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2346 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2347 a function is also provided for this:
2348 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2349
2350 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2351 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2352 date is not visible in the window.
2353
2354 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2355 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2356 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2357
2358 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2359 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2360
2361 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2362 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2363 date is visible in the window.
2364
2365 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2366 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2367 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2368
2369 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2370 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2371
2372 For example,
2373
2374 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2375
2376 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2377
2378 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2379 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2380
2381 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2382
2383 MONTH/DAY
2384 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2385 MONTHNAME DAY
2386 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2387 DAYNAME
2388
2389 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2390 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2391 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2392 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2393 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2394 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2395 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2396 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2397 respectively.
2398
2399 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2400 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2401 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2402
2403 DAY/MONTH
2404 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2405 DAY MONTHNAME
2406 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2407 DAYNAME
2408
2409 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2410 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2411
2412 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2413 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2414 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2415 window but will appear in a diary window.
2416
2417 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2418 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2419
2420 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2421 entries (in the default American style):
2422
2423 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2424 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2425 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2426 21: Payday
2427 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2428 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2429 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2430 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2431 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2432 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2433 &* 15 time cards due.
2434
2435 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2436 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2437 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2438 single diary entry
2439
2440 02/11/1989
2441 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2442 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2443 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2444 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2445 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2446 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2447
2448 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2449 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2450 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2451
2452 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2453
2454 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2455
2456 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2457 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2458 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2459 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2460 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2461 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2462 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2463 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2464 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2465
2466 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2467 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2468 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2469 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2470 for these functions for details.
2471
2472 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2473 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2474
2475 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2476 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2477
2478 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2479 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2480
2481 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2482 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2483
2484 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2485 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2486 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2487
2488 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2489 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2490 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2491
2492 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2493 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2494 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2495 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2496
2497 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2498 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2499 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2500 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2501
2502 DAY/MONTH
2503 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2504 DAY MONTHNAME
2505 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2506 DAYNAME
2507
2508 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2509 characters with or without a period.")
2510
2511 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2512 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2513 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2514
2515 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2516 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2517 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2518
2519 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2520 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2521 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2522
2523 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2524 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2525 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2526
2527 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2528 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2529 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2530 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2531 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2532 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2533
2534 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2535 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2536 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2537
2538 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2539 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2540 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2541 of the form
2542
2543 #include \"filename\"
2544
2545 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2546 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2547 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2548 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2549 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2550
2551 For example, you could use
2552
2553 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2554 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2555 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2556
2557 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2558 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2559 lexicographic order.")
2560
2561 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2562 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2563 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2564
2565 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2566 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2567 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2568 diary display.
2569
2570 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2571 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2572 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2573 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2574 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2575 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2576 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2577
2578 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2579 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2580 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2581 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2582 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2583 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2584 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2585 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2586
2587 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2588 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2589 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2590 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2591 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2592 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2593
2594 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2595 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2596
2597 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2598 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2599 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2600 of the form
2601 #include \"filename\"
2602 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2603 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2604 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2605 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2606 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2607
2608 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2609 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2610 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2611 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2612 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2613 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2614
2615 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2616 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2617 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2618 are holidays.")
2619
2620 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2621 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2622 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2623 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2624 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2625
2626 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2627
2628 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2629 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2630 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2631
2632 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2633
2634 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2635 *Oriental holidays.
2636 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2637
2638 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2639
2640 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2641 *Local holidays.
2642 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2643
2644 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2645
2646 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2647 *User defined holidays.
2648 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2649
2650 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2651
2652 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2653
2654 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2655
2656 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2657
2658 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2659
2660 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2661
2662 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2663
2664 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2665
2666 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2667
2668 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2669 *Jewish holidays.
2670 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2671
2672 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2673
2674 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2675 *Christian holidays.
2676 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2677
2678 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2679
2680 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2681 *Islamic holidays.
2682 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2683
2684 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2685
2686 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2687 *Sun-related holidays.
2688 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2689
2690 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2691
2692 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2693 The frame set up of the calendar.
2694 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2695 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2696 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2697 any other value the current frame is used.")
2698
2699 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2700 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2701 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
2702
2703 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
2704 See the documentation of that function for more information." t nil)
2705
2706 ;;;***
2707 \f
2708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15555 23256))
2709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2710
2711 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2712 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2713
2714 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2715 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2716
2717 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2718 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2719
2720 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2721 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2722
2723 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2724 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2725
2726 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2727 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2728
2729 ;;;***
2730 \f
2731 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2732 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2733 ;;;;;; (15555 23256))
2734 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2735
2736 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2737
2738 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2739 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2740 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2741 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2742 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2743 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2744
2745 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2746
2747 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2748 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2749 run first.
2750
2751 Key bindings:
2752 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2753
2754 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2755 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2756 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2757 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2758 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2759 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2760 message.
2761
2762 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2763
2764 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2765 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2766 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2767
2768 Key bindings:
2769 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2770
2771 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2772 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2773 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2774 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2775 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2776 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2777 message.
2778
2779 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2780
2781 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2782 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2783 is run first.
2784
2785 Key bindings:
2786 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2787
2788 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2789 Major mode for editing Java code.
2790 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2791 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2792 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2793 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2794 message.
2795
2796 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2797
2798 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2799 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2800 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2801 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2802 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2803
2804 Key bindings:
2805 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2806
2807 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2808 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2809 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2810 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2811 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2812 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2813 message.
2814
2815 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2816
2817 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2818 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2819 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2820
2821 Key bindings:
2822 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2823
2824 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2825 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2826 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2827 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2828 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2829 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2830 message.
2831
2832 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2833
2834 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2835 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2836 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2837
2838 Key bindings:
2839 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2840
2841 ;;;***
2842 \f
2843 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2844 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15555 23256))
2845 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2846
2847 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2848 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2849 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2850 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2851 for details of setting up styles.
2852
2853 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2854 style name.
2855
2856 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2857 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2858 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2859 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2860 will be reassigned.
2861
2862 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2863 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2864 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2865
2866 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2867 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2868 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2869 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2870
2871 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2872
2873 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2874 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2875 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2876
2877 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2878 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2879 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2880 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2881 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2882
2883 ;;;***
2884 \f
2885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15555 23256))
2886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2887
2888 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2889 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2890 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2891 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2892 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2893
2894 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2895 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2896
2897 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2898 `infodock'.")
2899
2900 ;;;***
2901 \f
2902 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2903 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2904 ;;;;;; (15185 62673))
2905 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2906
2907 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2908 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2909
2910 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2911 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2912
2913 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2914 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2915
2916 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2917 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2918 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2919 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2920 execution.
2921
2922 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2923
2924 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2925 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2926
2927 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2928 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2929 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2930 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2931
2932 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2933 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2934 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2935 `write' commands.
2936
2937 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2938 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2939 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2940 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2941
2942 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2943 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2944 semantics.
2945
2946 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2947
2948 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2949
2950 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2951
2952 STATEMENT :=
2953 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2954 | TRANSLATE | END
2955
2956 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2957 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2958 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2959 | integer
2960
2961 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2962
2963 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2964 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2965 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2966
2967 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2968 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2969 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2970
2971 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2972 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2973
2974 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2975 BREAK := (break)
2976
2977 REPEAT :=
2978 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2979 (repeat)
2980 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2981 ;; (repeat))
2982 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2983 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2984 ;; (read REG)
2985 ;; (repeat))
2986 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2987 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2988 ;; (read REG)
2989 ;; (repeat))
2990 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2991
2992 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2993 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2994 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2995 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2996 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2997 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2998 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2999 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3000 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3001 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3002 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3003 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3004 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3005 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3006 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3007 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3008
3009 WRITE :=
3010 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3011 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3012 ;; representation.
3013 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3014 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3015 ;; (write r7))
3016 | (write EXPRESSION)
3017 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3018 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3019 ;; representation.
3020 | (write integer)
3021 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3022 ;; buffer.
3023 | (write string)
3024 ;; Same as: (write string)
3025 | string
3026 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3027 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3028 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3029 ;; representation.
3030 | (write REG ARRAY)
3031 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3032 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3033 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3034 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3035 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3036 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3037
3038 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3039 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3040
3041 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3042 END := (end)
3043
3044 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3045 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3046 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3047
3048 ARG := REG | integer
3049
3050 OPERATOR :=
3051 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3052 + | - | * | / | %
3053
3054 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3055 | & | `|' | ^
3056
3057 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3058 | << | >>
3059
3060 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3061 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3062 | <8
3063
3064 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3065 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3066 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3067 | >8
3068
3069 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3070 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3071 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3072 | //
3073
3074 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3075 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3076
3077 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3078 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3079 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3080 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3081 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3082 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3083 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3084 | de-sjis
3085
3086 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3087 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3088 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3089 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3090 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3091 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3092 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3093 ;; byte of SJIS.
3094 | en-sjis
3095
3096 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3097 ;; Same meaning as C code
3098 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3099
3100 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3101 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3102 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3103 | <8=
3104
3105 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3106 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3107 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3108
3109 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3110 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3111 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3112 | //=
3113
3114 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3115
3116
3117 TRANSLATE :=
3118 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3119 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3120 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3121 MAP :=
3122 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3123 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3124 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3125 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3126 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3127 MAP-ID := integer
3128 " nil (quote macro))
3129
3130 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3131 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3132 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3133 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3134 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3135 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
3136
3137 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3138 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3139 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3140
3141 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
3142
3143 ;;;***
3144 \f
3145 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3146 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3147 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3148 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3149 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3150 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3151 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3152 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3153 ;;;;;; (15457 19651))
3154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3155
3156 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3157 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
3158 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
3159 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
3160
3161 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3162 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3163 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3164 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3165 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3166 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3167 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3168 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3169
3170 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3171 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3172 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3173 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3174 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3175 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3176 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3177 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3178
3179 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3180 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3181 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3182 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3183 spacing are all verified." t nil)
3184
3185 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3186 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3187 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3188 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3189 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
3190
3191 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3192 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3193 Only documentation strings are checked.
3194 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3195 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3196 a separate buffer." t nil)
3197
3198 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3199 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3200 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3201 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3202 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
3203
3204 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3205 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3206 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3207 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3208 if there is one." t nil)
3209
3210 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3211 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3212 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3213 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3214 if there is one.
3215 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
3216
3217 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3218 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3219 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
3220
3221 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3222 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3223 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3224 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3225 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
3226
3227 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3228 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3229 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3230 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3231 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3232 space at the end of each line." t nil)
3233
3234 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3235 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3236 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3237 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
3238
3239 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3240 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3241 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3242 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
3243
3244 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3245 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3246 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3247 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
3248
3249 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3250 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3251 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3252 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
3253
3254 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3255 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3256 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3257 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3258
3259 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3260 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3261 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3262 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3263
3264 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3265 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3266 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3267 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3268
3269 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3270 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3271 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3272 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3273
3274 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3275 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3276 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3277 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3278
3279 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3280 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3281 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3282
3283 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3284 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3285 checking of documentation strings.
3286
3287 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3288
3289 ;;;***
3290 \f
3291 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3292 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15391
3293 ;;;;;; 33361))
3294 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3295
3296 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3297 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3298 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3299
3300 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3301 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3302
3303 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3304 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3305 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3306
3307 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3308 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3309
3310 ;;;***
3311 \f
3312 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3313 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15569 32085))
3314 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3315
3316 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3317 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3318 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3319 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3320 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3321 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3322
3323 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3324 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3325 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3326 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3327 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3328
3329 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3330
3331 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3332 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3333 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3334 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3335 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3336
3337 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3338 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3339 \\{command-history-map}
3340
3341 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3342 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3343
3344 ;;;***
3345 \f
3346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15369 55605))
3347 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3348
3349 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3350 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3351 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3352 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3353 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3354 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3355
3356 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3357 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3358
3359 ;;;***
3360 \f
3361 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3362 ;;;;;; (15505 46978))
3363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3364
3365 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3366
3367 ;;;***
3368 \f
3369 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3370 ;;;;;; (15250 27620))
3371 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3372
3373 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3374 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3375 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3376 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3377
3378 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3379 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3380 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3381
3382 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3383 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3384
3385 ;;;***
3386 \f
3387 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15394
3388 ;;;;;; 11979))
3389 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3390
3391 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3392 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3393 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3394 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3395 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3396 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3397 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3398 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3399
3400 ;;;***
3401 \f
3402 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3403 ;;;;;; (15400 23081))
3404 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3405
3406 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3407 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3408 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3409 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3410 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3411 ?* is used." nil (quote macro))
3412
3413 ;;;***
3414 \f
3415 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3416 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3417 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15507 30173))
3418 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3419
3420 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3421 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3422 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3423 ASCII table.
3424
3425 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3426 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3427 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3428 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3429
3430 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3431 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3432 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3433
3434 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3435 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3436 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3437
3438 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3439 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3440 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3441
3442 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3443 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3444
3445 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3446 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3447 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3448
3449 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3450 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3451
3452 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3453 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3454
3455 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3456 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3457 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3458
3459 ;;;***
3460 \f
3461 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3462 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3463 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3464 ;;;;;; (15551 8581))
3465 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3466
3467 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3468 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3469 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3470 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3471 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3472 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3473 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3474 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3475
3476 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3477
3478 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3479 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3480 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3481 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3482 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3483 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3484 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3485 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3486
3487 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3488
3489 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3490 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3491 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3492 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3493 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3494 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3495
3496 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3497 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3498 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3499
3500 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3501
3502 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3503 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3504 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3505
3506 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3507
3508 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3509 Send COMMAND to current process.
3510 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3511 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3512
3513 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3514 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3515 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3516 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3517
3518 ;;;***
3519 \f
3520 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15569
3521 ;;;;;; 32086))
3522 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3523
3524 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3525 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3526 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3527 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3528
3529 This command pushes the mark in each window
3530 at the prior location of point in that window.
3531 If both windows display the same buffer,
3532 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3533 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3534
3535 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3536 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3537 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3538
3539 ;;;***
3540 \f
3541 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3542 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3543 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3544 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15535 6898))
3545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3546
3547 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3548 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3549
3550 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3551 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3552
3553 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3554 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3555 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3556 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3557 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3558
3559 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3560 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3561 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3562 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3563 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3564
3565 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3566 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3567 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3568 describing how the process finished.")
3569
3570 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3571 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3572 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3573 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3574
3575 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3576 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3577 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3578
3579 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3580 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3581 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3582 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3583
3584 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3585 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3586 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3587 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3588
3589 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3590 and move to the source code that caused it.
3591
3592 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3593 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3594
3595 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3596 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3597 Then start the next one.
3598
3599 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3600 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3601 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3602
3603 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3604 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3605 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3606 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3607 where grep found matches.
3608
3609 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3610 easily repeat a grep command.
3611
3612 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3613 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3614 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3615 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3616
3617 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3618 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3619 Collect output in a buffer.
3620 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3621 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3622
3623 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3624 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3625
3626 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3627 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3628 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3629 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3630 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3631
3632 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3633
3634 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3635 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3636 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3637 See `compilation-mode'.
3638 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3639
3640 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3641 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3642 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3643 See `compilation-mode'.
3644 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3645
3646 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3647 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3648
3649 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3650 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3651
3652 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3653 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3654 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3655 and start at the first error.
3656
3657 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3658 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3659 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3660 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3661 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3662 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3663
3664 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3665 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3666 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3667
3668 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3669 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3670 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3671
3672 ;;;***
3673 \f
3674 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3675 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
3676 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3677
3678 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3679 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3680 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3681 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3682 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3683
3684 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3685
3686 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3687
3688 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3689 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3690 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3691
3692 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3693 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3694 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3695 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3696
3697 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3698 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3699 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3700 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3701
3702 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3703 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3704 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3705 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3706
3707 ;;;***
3708 \f
3709 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3710 ;;;;;; (15394 12097))
3711 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3712
3713 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3714 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3715
3716 ;;;***
3717 \f
3718 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3719 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3720 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3721 ;;;;;; (15185 62672))
3722 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3723
3724 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3725 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3726 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3727 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3728 `make-composition'.
3729
3730 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3731
3732 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3733 | | 1:tc or top-center
3734 | | 2:tr or top-right
3735 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3736 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3737 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3738 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3739 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3740 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3741
3742 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3743 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3744 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3745 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3746 be added.
3747
3748 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3749 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3750 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3751
3752 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3753 | | |
3754 | global| |
3755 | glyph | |
3756 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3757 +----+--*--+
3758 | | new |
3759 | |glyph|
3760 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3761 ")
3762
3763 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3764 Compose characters in the current region.
3765
3766 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3767
3768 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3769 specifying the region.
3770
3771 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3772 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3773
3774 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3775 of the text in the region.
3776
3777 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3778
3779 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3780 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3781 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3782 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3783
3784 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3785 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3786 detail.
3787
3788 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3789 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3790 text in the composition." t nil)
3791
3792 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3793 Decompose text in the current region.
3794
3795 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3796 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3797
3798 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3799 Compose characters in string STRING.
3800
3801 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3802 the characters in it.
3803
3804 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3805 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3806 STRING respectively.
3807
3808 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3809 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3810 `compose-region' for more detail.
3811
3812 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3813 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3814 text in the composition." nil nil)
3815
3816 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3817 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3818
3819 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3820 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3821 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3822 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3823 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3824 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3825 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3826 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3827
3828 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3829 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3830
3831 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3832 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3833
3834 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3835 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3836
3837 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3838 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3839
3840 If no composition is found, return nil.
3841
3842 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3843 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3844
3845 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3846 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3847 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3848
3849 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3850
3851 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3852
3853 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3854 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3855 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3856
3857 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3858
3859 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3860
3861 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3862 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3863
3864 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3865 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3866 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3867 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3868 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3869 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3870 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3871 nil.
3872
3873 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3874 is:
3875 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3876 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3877
3878 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3879
3880 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3881 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3882
3883 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3884
3885 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3886 Compose last characters.
3887 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3888 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3889 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3890 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3891 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3892 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3893 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3894 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3895 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3896 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3897 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3898
3899 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3900 Convert CHAR to string.
3901 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3902
3903 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3904 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3905 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3906
3907 ;;;***
3908 \f
3909 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3910 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15365 62270))
3911 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3912
3913 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3914 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
3915 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3916 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3917
3918 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3919 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
3920 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3921 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3922
3923 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3924 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3925 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3926 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3927
3928 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3929 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)." nil nil)
3930
3931 ;;;***
3932 \f
3933 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3934 ;;;;;; (15458 48079))
3935 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3936
3937 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3938 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
3939 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
3940 the current year after them. If necessary, and
3941 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
3942 following the copyright are updated as well." t nil)
3943
3944 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3945 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3946
3947 ;;;***
3948 \f
3949 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3950 ;;;;;; (15538 7172))
3951 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3952
3953 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3954 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3955 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3956 Tab indents for Perl code.
3957 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3958 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3959
3960 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3961 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3962 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3963 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3964 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3965 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3966 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3967 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3968 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3969 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3970 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3971 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3972
3973 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3974
3975 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3976 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3977
3978 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3979
3980 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3981 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3982 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3983 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3984 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3985 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3986 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3987 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3988 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3989
3990 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3991
3992 bite if angry;
3993
3994 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3995 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3996 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3997 to nil.)
3998
3999 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4000 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4001 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4002
4003 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4004
4005 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4006 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4007 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4008 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4009 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4010
4011 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4012
4013 if (A) { B }
4014
4015 into
4016
4017 B if A;
4018
4019 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4020
4021 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4022 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4023 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4024 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4025 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4026 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4027 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4028 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4029 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4030 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4031 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4032 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4033 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4034
4035 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4036 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4037 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4038 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4039 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4040 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4041
4042 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4043 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4044 man via menu.
4045
4046 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4047 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4048 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4049 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4050 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4051
4052 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4053 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4054 span the needed amount of lines.
4055
4056 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4057 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
4058 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4059 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4060
4061 Variables controlling indentation style:
4062 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4063 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4064 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4065 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4066 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4067 `cperl-auto-newline'
4068 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4069 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4070 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4071 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4072 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4073 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4074 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4075 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4076 `cperl-indent-level'
4077 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4078 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4079 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4080 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4081 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4082 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4083 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4084 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4085 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4086 `cperl-brace-offset'
4087 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4088 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4089 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4090 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4091 `cperl-label-offset'
4092 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4093 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4094 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4095
4096 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4097 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4098 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4099 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4100 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4101
4102 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4103 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4104 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4105 \(both available from menu).
4106
4107 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4108 column 0 is indented on
4109 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4110
4111 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4112 with no args.
4113
4114 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4115 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4116 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
4117
4118 ;;;***
4119 \f
4120 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4121 ;;;;;; (15344 20121))
4122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4123
4124 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4125 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4126 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4127 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4128 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
4129
4130 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4131 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
4132
4133 ;;;***
4134 \f
4135 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4136 ;;;;;; (14632 7633))
4137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4138
4139 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4140 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4141 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4142 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4143
4144 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4145 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4146
4147 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4148
4149 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
4150
4151 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4152 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4153 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
4154
4155 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4156
4157 ;;;***
4158 \f
4159 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4160 ;;;;;; (15366 56663))
4161 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4162
4163 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4164 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4165 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4166 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4167
4168 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4169 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4170 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4171 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4172
4173 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4174 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4175 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4176
4177 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4178 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4179 'bob', and 'eve'.
4180
4181 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4182 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4183 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4184
4185 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4186
4187 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4188 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4189 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
4190
4191 ;;;***
4192 \f
4193 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4194 ;;;;;; (15568 28316))
4195 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4196
4197 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4198 Non-nil means that CUA emulation mode is enabled.
4199 In CUA mode, shifted movement keys highlight and extend the region.
4200 When a region is highlighted, the binding of the C-x and C-c keys are
4201 temporarily changed to work as Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste.
4202 Also, insertion commands first delete the region and then insert.
4203 This mode enables Transient Mark mode and it provides a superset of the
4204 PC Selection Mode and Delete Selection Modes.
4205
4206 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4207 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4208
4209 (custom-add-to-group (quote cua) (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4210
4211 (custom-add-load (quote cua-mode) (quote cua-base))
4212
4213 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4214 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4215 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4216 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4217 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4218 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings)." t nil)
4219
4220 ;;;***
4221 \f
4222 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4223 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4224 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4225 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4226 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4227 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
4228 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
4229 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4230 ;;;;;; (15571 26633))
4231 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4232 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4233
4234 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4235 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4236
4237 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4238 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4239
4240 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4241 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4242
4243 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4244
4245 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4246 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4247 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4248
4249 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4250 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4251
4252 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4253 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4254
4255 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4256 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4257
4258 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4259 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4260
4261 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4262
4263 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4264 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4265 Return VALUE.
4266
4267 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4268 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4269
4270 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4271 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4272
4273 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4274 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4275
4276 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4277 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4278
4279 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4280
4281 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4282 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4283 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4284 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4285 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
4286
4287 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4288 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4289
4290 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4291 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4292
4293 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4294
4295 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4296 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
4297
4298 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4299 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4300 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4301 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4302 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4303
4304 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4305 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4306 version." t nil)
4307
4308 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4309
4310 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4311 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4312 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4313
4314 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4315 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4316 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4317
4318 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4319 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable." t nil)
4320
4321 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4322 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4323
4324 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4325 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable." t nil)
4326
4327 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4328 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4329
4330 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4331 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4332
4333 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4334 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4335 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4336 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4337 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4338 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4339 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4340
4341 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4342 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4343 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4344
4345 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4346 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4347
4348 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4349 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4350
4351 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4352 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4353 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4354 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4355 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4356 that option." nil nil)
4357
4358 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4359 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4360 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4361 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4362 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4363 that option." nil nil)
4364
4365 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4366 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4367
4368 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4369 File used for storing customization information.
4370 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4371 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4372 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4373
4374 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4375 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4376 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4377 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4378
4379 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4380 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4381
4382 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4383 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4384
4385 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4386 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4387 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4388
4389 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4390 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4391 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4392 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4393 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4394
4395 ;;;***
4396 \f
4397 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4398 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15540 20497))
4399 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4400
4401 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4402 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4403
4404 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4405 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4406 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4407
4408 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4409
4410 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4411 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4412 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4413
4414 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4415
4416 ;;;***
4417 \f
4418 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4419 ;;;;;; (15415 19689))
4420 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4421
4422 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4423 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4424
4425 ;;;***
4426 \f
4427 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4428 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 7545))
4429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4430
4431 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4432 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4433
4434 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4435 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4436 C++ modes are included.
4437
4438 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4439
4440 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4441 Turn on CWarn mode.
4442
4443 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4444 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4445
4446 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
4447 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
4448 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4449 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4450 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
4451
4452 (custom-add-to-group (quote cwarn) (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4453
4454 (custom-add-load (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote cwarn))
4455
4456 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4457 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
4458 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4459 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
4460 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
4461
4462 ;;;***
4463 \f
4464 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4465 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4466 ;;;;;; (15458 48360))
4467 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4468
4469 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4470 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4471
4472 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4473 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4474
4475 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4476 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4477 For readability, the table is slightly
4478 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4479
4480 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4481 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4482 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
4483 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4484 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4485
4486 ;;;***
4487 \f
4488 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4489 ;;;;;; (15509 27673))
4490 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4491
4492 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4493
4494 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4495
4496 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4497 Completion on current word.
4498 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4499 and presents suggestions for completion.
4500
4501 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4502 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4503 completions.
4504
4505 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4506 then it searches *all* buffers.
4507
4508 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4509 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4510
4511 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4512 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4513
4514 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4515 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4516 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4517 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4518 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4519
4520 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4521 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4522
4523 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4524 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4525 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4526
4527 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4528 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4529
4530 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4531
4532 ;;;***
4533 \f
4534 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15363
4535 ;;;;;; 46803))
4536 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4537
4538 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4539 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4540
4541 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4542 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4543 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4544
4545 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4546 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4547 Data lines are not indented.
4548
4549 Key bindings:
4550
4551 \\{dcl-mode-map}
4552 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4553
4554 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4555 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4556 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4557 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4558
4559 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4560
4561 dcl-basic-offset
4562 Extra indentation within blocks.
4563
4564 dcl-continuation-offset
4565 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4566
4567 dcl-margin-offset
4568 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4569
4570 dcl-margin-label-offset
4571 Indentation for a label.
4572
4573 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4574 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4575
4576 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4577 dcl-block-end-regexp
4578 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4579 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4580 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4581 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4582 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4583
4584 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4585 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4586 Two such functions are included in the package:
4587 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4588 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4589
4590 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4591 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4592 One such function is included in the package:
4593 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4594
4595 dcl-tab-always-indent
4596 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4597 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4598 margin.
4599
4600 dcl-electric-characters
4601 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4602 typed.
4603
4604 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4605 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4606 which words trigger electric indentation.
4607
4608 dcl-tempo-comma
4609 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4610 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4611 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4612
4613 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4614 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4615 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4616 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4617
4618 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4619 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4620 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4621 dcl-imenu-label-call
4622 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4623
4624 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4625 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4626 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4627 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4628
4629
4630 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4631
4632 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4633 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4634 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4635 $ i = 1
4636 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4637 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4638 $ label:
4639 $ if i.eq.1
4640 $ then
4641 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4642 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4643 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4644 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4645 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4646 \"lined up with the command line\"
4647 $ type sys$input
4648 Data lines are not indented at all.
4649 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4650 $ endif
4651 $
4652 " t nil)
4653
4654 ;;;***
4655 \f
4656 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4657 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15542 21037))
4658 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4659
4660 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4661
4662 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4663 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4664 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4665 of the evaluator.
4666
4667 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4668 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4669 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4670
4671 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4672 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4673 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4674 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4675 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4676 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4677 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4678
4679 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4680 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4681 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4682
4683 ;;;***
4684 \f
4685 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4686 ;;;;;; (15394 11149))
4687 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4688
4689 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4690 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4691
4692 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4693 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4694 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4695 Upper-case letters are commands.
4696
4697 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4698 modify it.
4699
4700 The most useful commands are:
4701 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4702 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4703 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4704 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4705 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4706 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4707
4708 ;;;***
4709 \f
4710 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4711 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15303
4712 ;;;;;; 63268))
4713 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4714
4715 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4716 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4717
4718 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4719 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4720
4721 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4722
4723 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4724 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4725
4726 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4727
4728 ;;;***
4729 \f
4730 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15372
4731 ;;;;;; 9207))
4732 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4733
4734 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4735 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4736 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4737 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4738 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4739 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4740
4741 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4742
4743 Customization:
4744
4745 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4746 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4747 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4748 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4749 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4750 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4751 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4752 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4753 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4754 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4755 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4756 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4757 blank line.
4758 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4759 Directories to search when finding external units.
4760 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4761 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4762
4763 Coloring:
4764
4765 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4766 Face used to color delphi comments.
4767 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4768 Face used to color delphi strings.
4769 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4770 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4771 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4772 Face used to color everything else.
4773
4774 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4775 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4776
4777 ;;;***
4778 \f
4779 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15352
4780 ;;;;;; 42199))
4781 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4782
4783 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4784
4785 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4786 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
4787 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4788 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4789 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4790
4791 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4792
4793 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4794
4795 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4796 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4797 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4798 positive.
4799
4800 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4801 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4802 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4803 any selection." t nil)
4804
4805 ;;;***
4806 \f
4807 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4808 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15383 8927))
4809 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4810
4811 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4812 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4813
4814 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4815
4816 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4817 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
4818 or nil if there is no parent.
4819 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4820 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4821 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4822 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4823 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
4824
4825 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4826
4827 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4828
4829 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4830 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4831 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4832
4833 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4834 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4835
4836 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4837 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4838 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4839
4840 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4841 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4842
4843 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4844 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4845 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4846 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4847 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4848
4849 ;;;***
4850 \f
4851 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-text-at) "descr-text" "descr-text.el"
4852 ;;;;;; (15568 22302))
4853 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
4854
4855 (autoload (quote describe-text-at) "descr-text" "\
4856 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS." t nil)
4857
4858 ;;;***
4859 \f
4860 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4861 ;;;;;; (15500 30127))
4862 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4863
4864 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4865 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4866 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4867
4868 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4869 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4870 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4871 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4872
4873 ;;;***
4874 \f
4875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15400
4876 ;;;;;; 23222))
4877 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4878
4879 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
4880
4881 ;;;***
4882 \f
4883 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4884 ;;;;;; (15555 49408))
4885 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4886
4887 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4888 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4889 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4890 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4891 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4892
4893 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4894 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4895 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4896
4897 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4898 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4899 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4900 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4901
4902 #!/bin/sh
4903 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4904 emacs -batch \\
4905 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4906 european-calendar-style t \\
4907 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4908 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4909 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4910
4911 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4912 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4913 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4914 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4915
4916 ;;;***
4917 \f
4918 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4919 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15300 62416))
4920 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4921
4922 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4923 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4924
4925 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4926 *The command to use to run diff.")
4927
4928 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4929 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4930 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4931 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4932 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4933
4934 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4935 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4936 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4937 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4938 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4939
4940 ;;;***
4941 \f
4942 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4943 ;;;;;; (15410 13379))
4944 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4945
4946 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4947 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4948 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
4949 normal diffs.
4950 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil)
4951
4952 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4953 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4954 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4955
4956 ;;;***
4957 \f
4958 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4959 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4960 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4961 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4962 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15556 53665))
4963 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4964
4965 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4966 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4967 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4968 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4969 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
4970 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
4971 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
4972 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
4973
4974 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4975 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4976
4977 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4978 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4979 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4980 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4981 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4982
4983 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4984 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4985
4986 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4987 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4988 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4989 always set this variable to t.")
4990
4991 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4992 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4993 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4994 A value of t means move to first file.")
4995
4996 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4997 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4998 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4999 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5000 are afterward marked with that character.")
5001
5002 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5003 *Controls marking of copied files.
5004 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5005 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5006
5007 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5008 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5009 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5010 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5011
5012 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5013 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5014 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5015 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5016
5017 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5018 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5019 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5020 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5021
5022 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5023
5024 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5025 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5026 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5027 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5028
5029 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5030 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5031 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5032 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5033 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5034 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5035 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5036 list of files to make directory entries for.
5037 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5038 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5039 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5040 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5041
5042 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
5043 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5044
5045 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5046 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
5047 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5048
5049 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5050 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
5051
5052 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5053 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
5054
5055 ;;;***
5056 \f
5057 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5058 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5059 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5060 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5061 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5062 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5063 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5064 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5065 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5066 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5067 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5068 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5069 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15549 18023))
5070 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5071
5072 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5073 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5074 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5075 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5076 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5077 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5078 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5079
5080 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5081 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5082 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5083 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5084 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5085 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5086
5087 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5088 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5089 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
5090
5091 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5092 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5093
5094 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5095 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5096
5097 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5098 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5099 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5100 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
5101
5102 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5103 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5104 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5105 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5106 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5107
5108 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
5109 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5110
5111 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
5112 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5113 file name substituted for `?'.
5114
5115 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5116 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
5117
5118 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
5119 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
5120 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
5121 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
5122
5123 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
5124
5125 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
5126 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
5127 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
5128
5129 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
5130 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
5131 in a subdir.
5132
5133 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
5134 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
5135
5136 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
5137 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
5138 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
5139 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
5140 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
5141 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
5142
5143 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5144
5145 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
5146 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5147
5148 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
5149 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5150
5151 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
5152 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5153
5154 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
5155 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
5156 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
5157 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
5158
5159 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5160
5161 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5162
5163 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5164
5165 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5166
5167 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5168
5169 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
5170 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
5171
5172 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
5173 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
5174 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
5175 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5176 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
5177 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
5178 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5179 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5180 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5181
5182 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5183 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5184 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5185 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5186 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5187 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5188 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5189 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5190
5191 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5192 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5193 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5194 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5195 and new hard links are made in that directory
5196 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5197 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5198 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5199
5200 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5201 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5202 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5203 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5204 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5205 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5206
5207 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5208 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5209
5210 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5211 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5212 file if none are marked.
5213
5214 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5215 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5216 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5217 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5218
5219 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5220 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
5221
5222 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5223 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5224 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5225
5226 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5227 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5228 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5229
5230 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5231 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5232 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5233
5234 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5235 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
5236
5237 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5238 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
5239
5240 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5241 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5242 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
5243 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5244 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5245 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5246 this subdirectory.
5247 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5248
5249 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5250 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5251 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5252 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5253 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5254 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5255 this subdirectory.
5256 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5257
5258 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5259 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
5260 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
5261
5262 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5263 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
5264 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
5265 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
5266
5267 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5268 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5269 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5270 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
5271
5272 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5273 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5274 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
5275
5276 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
5277 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
5278
5279 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
5280 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
5281
5282 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5283 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
5284 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
5285 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
5286
5287 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5288 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5289 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5290 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
5291
5292 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5293 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5294 Stops when a match is found.
5295 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5296
5297 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5298 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5299 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5300 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
5301 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5302
5303 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5304 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5305 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5306 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5307
5308 ;;;***
5309 \f
5310 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15415 19784))
5311 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5312
5313 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5314 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5315 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5316 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5317 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5318 buffer and try again." t nil)
5319
5320 ;;;***
5321 \f
5322 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14977 56454))
5323 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5324
5325 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5326 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5327 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5328
5329 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5330
5331 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5332 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5333
5334 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5335 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5336 " nil nil)
5337
5338 ;;;***
5339 \f
5340 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5341 ;;;;;; 9615))
5342 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5343
5344 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5345 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5346 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5347 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5348 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5349 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5350
5351 ;;;***
5352 \f
5353 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5354 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5355 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5356 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5357 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15369 56725))
5358 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5359
5360 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5361 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5362
5363 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5364 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5365 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5366 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5367 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5368
5369 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5370 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5371 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5372 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5373 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5374
5375 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5376 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5377
5378 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5379 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5380
5381 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5382 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5383
5384 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5385 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5386
5387 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5388 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5389
5390 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5391 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5392 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5393 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5394
5395 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5396 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5397 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5398 X frame." nil nil)
5399
5400 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5401 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5402
5403 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5404 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5405
5406 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5407 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5408
5409 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5410 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5411 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5412 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5413
5414 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5415 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5416 European character display.
5417
5418 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5419 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5420 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5421 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5422
5423 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5424 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5425 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5426 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5427 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5428
5429 ;;;***
5430 \f
5431 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5432 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
5433 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5434
5435 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5436 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5437 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5438 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5439 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5440 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5441 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5442 Default is 2." t nil)
5443
5444 ;;;***
5445 \f
5446 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15317 38827))
5447 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5448
5449 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5450 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5451
5452 ;;;***
5453 \f
5454 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5455 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
5456 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5457
5458 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5459 Toggle Double mode.
5460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5461 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5462
5463 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5464
5465 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5466
5467 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5468 Toggle Double mode.
5469 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5470
5471 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5472 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5473
5474 ;;;***
5475 \f
5476 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15186 44923))
5477 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5478
5479 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5480 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5481
5482 ;;;***
5483 \f
5484 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5485 ;;;;;; (15232 59206))
5486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5487
5488 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5489 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5490
5491 ;;;***
5492 \f
5493 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5494 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5495 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15491 62641))
5496 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5497
5498 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5499
5500 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5501 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5502 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5503 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5504
5505 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5506 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5507 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5508 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5509 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5510 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5511 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5512 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5513 used (see below).
5514
5515 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5516 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5517 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5518 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5519 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5520 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5521 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5522 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5523 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5524
5525 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5526 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5527 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5528 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5529 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5530 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5531
5532 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5533 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5534 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5535 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5536 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5537 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5538 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5539
5540 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5541
5542 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5543 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5544 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5545
5546 ;;;***
5547 \f
5548 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5549 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15563
5550 ;;;;;; 27270))
5551 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5552
5553 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5554
5555 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5556 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5557 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5558 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5559
5560 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5561 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5562
5563 :filter FUNCTION
5564
5565 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5566 menu displayed.
5567
5568 :visible INCLUDE
5569
5570 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5571 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5572
5573 :active ENABLE
5574
5575 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5576 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5577
5578 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5579
5580 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5581
5582 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5583
5584 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5585 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5586
5587 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5588 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5589
5590 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5591
5592 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5593
5594 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5595
5596 :keys KEYS
5597
5598 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5599 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5600 computed automatically.
5601 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5602
5603 :key-sequence KEYS
5604
5605 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5606 menu item.
5607 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5608 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5609 keyboard equivalent.
5610
5611 :active ENABLE
5612
5613 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5614 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5615
5616 :included INCLUDE
5617
5618 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5619 expression has a non-nil value.
5620
5621 :suffix FORM
5622
5623 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5624 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5625
5626 :style STYLE
5627
5628 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5629 defined:
5630
5631 toggle: A checkbox.
5632 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5633 radio: A radio button.
5634 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5635 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5636 menu bar itself.
5637 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5638
5639 :selected SELECTED
5640
5641 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5642 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5643
5644 :help HELP
5645
5646 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5647
5648 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5649 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5650 as a solid horizontal line.
5651
5652 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5653
5654 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5655
5656 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5657 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5658 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5659 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5660
5661 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5662 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5663 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5664 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5665 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5666 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5667
5668 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5669 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5670 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5671
5672 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5673 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5674
5675 ;;;***
5676 \f
5677 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5678 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5679 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5680 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5681 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15279 28735))
5682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5683
5684 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5685 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5686
5687 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5688 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5689
5690 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5691 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5692 it to the printer.
5693
5694 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5695 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5696 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5697 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5698
5699 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5700 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5701 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5702
5703 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5704 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5705 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5706 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5707
5708 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5709
5710 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5711 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5712 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5713
5714 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5715
5716 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5717 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5718
5719 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5720 The EPS file name has the following form:
5721
5722 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5723
5724 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5725 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5726
5727 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5728 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5729 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5730 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5731
5732 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5733
5734 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5735 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5736
5737 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5738 The EPS file name has the following form:
5739
5740 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5741
5742 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5743 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5744
5745 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5746 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5747 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5748 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5749
5750 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5751
5752 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5753
5754 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5755 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5756
5757 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5758 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5759
5760 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5761 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5762
5763 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5764 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5765
5766 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5767 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5768
5769 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5770 Set STYLE to current style.
5771
5772 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5773
5774 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5775 Reset current style.
5776
5777 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5778
5779 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5780 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5781
5782 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5783
5784 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5785 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5786
5787 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5788
5789 ;;;***
5790 \f
5791 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5792 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5793 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5794 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5795 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5796 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15495 20102))
5797 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5798
5799 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5800 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5801 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5802 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5803 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5804 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5805
5806 Tree mode key bindings:
5807 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5808
5809 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5810 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5811
5812 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5813 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5814 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5815 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5816 completion." t nil)
5817
5818 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5819 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5820 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5821 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5822
5823 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5824 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5825 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5826
5827 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5828 Search for call sites of a member.
5829 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5830 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5831 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5832 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5833
5834 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5835 Move backward in the position stack.
5836 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5837
5838 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5839 Move forward in the position stack.
5840 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5841
5842 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5843 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5844
5845 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5846 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5847
5848 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5849 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5850 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5851 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5852
5853 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5854 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5855
5856 ;;;***
5857 \f
5858 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5859 ;;;;;; (15345 22660))
5860 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5861
5862 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5863 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5864 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5865 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5866
5867 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5868 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5869 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5870
5871 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5872 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5873 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5874
5875 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5876
5877 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5878
5879 ;;;***
5880 \f
5881 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5882 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15185 49574))
5883 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5884
5885 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5886 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5887 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5888
5889 ;;;***
5890 \f
5891 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5892 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15542 21134))
5893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5894
5895 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5896 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5897 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5898 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5899 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5900
5901 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5902 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5903 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5904 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5905
5906 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5907 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5908 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5909 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5910
5911 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5912 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5913 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5914 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5915
5916 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5917
5918 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5919 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5920 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5921 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5922 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5923
5924 ;;;***
5925 \f
5926 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5927 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5928 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5929 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5930 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5931 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5932 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5933 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5934 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5935 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15512 11746))
5936 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5937
5938 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5939 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5940
5941 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5942 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5943
5944 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5945
5946 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5947
5948 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5949 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5950
5951 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5952
5953 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5954 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5955
5956 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5957
5958 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5959 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5960 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5961 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5962
5963 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5964
5965 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5966 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5967 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5968 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5969
5970 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5971
5972 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5973 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5974 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5975 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5976
5977 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5978
5979 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5980 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5981 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5982 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5983
5984 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5985
5986 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5987 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5988 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5989 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5990 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5991 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5992
5993 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5994 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5995 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5996 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5997
5998 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5999
6000 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6001 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
6002 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6003 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
6004
6005 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
6006
6007 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
6008
6009 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6010 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
6011 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6012 follows:
6013 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6014 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
6015
6016 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
6017 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
6018 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6019 follows:
6020 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6021 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
6022
6023 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6024 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6025 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6026 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6027 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6028 region.
6029 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
6030 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
6031
6032 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
6033 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6034 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6035 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6036 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6037 region.
6038 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
6039 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
6040 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
6041
6042 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
6043
6044 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
6045 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
6046
6047 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6048 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
6049
6050 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
6051
6052 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
6053 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
6054
6055 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6056 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
6057
6058 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
6059 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
6060 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6061 buffer." t nil)
6062
6063 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6064 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
6065 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6066 buffer." t nil)
6067
6068 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
6069 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
6070 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
6071 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
6072
6073 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
6074 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
6075 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
6076 and don't ask the user.
6077 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
6078 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
6079
6080 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
6081 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
6082 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
6083 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
6084 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
6085 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
6086
6087 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
6088
6089 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
6090
6091 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
6092 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
6093 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
6094 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
6095 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
6096
6097 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
6098
6099 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
6100 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
6101 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
6102
6103 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
6104 Display Ediff's manual.
6105 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
6106
6107 ;;;***
6108 \f
6109 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
6110 ;;;;;; (15418 30513))
6111 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
6112
6113 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
6114
6115 ;;;***
6116 \f
6117 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
6118 ;;;;;; (15512 11746))
6119 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
6120
6121 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
6122 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
6123
6124 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
6125
6126 ;;;***
6127 \f
6128 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
6129 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15547 47959))
6130 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
6131
6132 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
6133 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
6134 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
6135 which see." t nil)
6136
6137 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
6138 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
6139 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
6140 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
6141
6142 ;;;***
6143 \f
6144 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
6145 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
6146 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
6147 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
6148 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
6149
6150 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
6151 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
6152 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
6153
6154 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6155 Edit a keyboard macro.
6156 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
6157 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
6158 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
6159 its command name.
6160 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
6161
6162 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6163 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
6164
6165 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6166 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
6167
6168 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6169 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
6170 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
6171 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
6172 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
6173 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
6174
6175 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
6176 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
6177 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
6178 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
6179
6180 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6181 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
6182 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
6183 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
6184 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
6185 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
6186
6187 ;;;***
6188 \f
6189 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
6190 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15424 44422))
6191 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
6192
6193 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
6194 Set scroll margins.
6195 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
6196 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
6197
6198 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
6199 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
6200
6201 ;;;***
6202 \f
6203 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
6204 ;;;;;; (15031 23821))
6205 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
6206
6207 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
6208 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
6209 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
6210 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
6211 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
6212 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
6213 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
6214 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
6215
6216 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6217 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6218
6219 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
6220 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
6221 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
6222 this value is non-nil.
6223
6224 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6225 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
6226 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6227
6228 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
6229 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
6230 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
6231
6232 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
6233
6234 ;;;***
6235 \f
6236 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
6237 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15419 34666))
6238 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
6239
6240 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
6241 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
6242
6243 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6244 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
6245 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
6246
6247 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
6248 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
6249 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
6250 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
6251 from the documentation string if possible.
6252
6253 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
6254 instead.
6255
6256 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
6257
6258 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6259 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
6260
6261 ;;;***
6262 \f
6263 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15186
6264 ;;;;;; 56482))
6265 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
6266
6267 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
6268 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
6269
6270 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
6271 an elided material again.
6272
6273 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6274
6275 ;;;***
6276 \f
6277 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6278 ;;;;;; (15396 35994))
6279 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6280
6281 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6282 Initialize elint." t nil)
6283
6284 ;;;***
6285 \f
6286 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6287 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15402
6288 ;;;;;; 37958))
6289 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6290
6291 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6292 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6293 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6294
6295 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6296 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6297 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6298
6299 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6300 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6301 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6302
6303 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6304
6305 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6306 Display current profiling results.
6307 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6308 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6309 displayed." t nil)
6310
6311 ;;;***
6312 \f
6313 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6314 ;;;;;; (15566 54822))
6315 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6316
6317 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6318 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6319 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6320
6321 ;;;***
6322 \f
6323 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6324 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6325 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6326 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6327 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15400 23563))
6328 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6329
6330 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6331
6332 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6333
6334 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6335
6336 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6337
6338 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6339
6340 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6341
6342 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6343
6344 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6345
6346 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6347
6348 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6349 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6350
6351 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6352 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6353
6354 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6355 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6356
6357 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6358 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6359
6360 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6361
6362 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6363
6364 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6365
6366 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6367
6368 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6369 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6370
6371 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6372 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6373
6374 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6375
6376 ;;;***
6377 \f
6378 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6379 ;;;;;; (15538 8043))
6380 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6381
6382 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
6383 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
6384 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6385 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6386 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
6387
6388 (custom-add-to-group (quote encoded-kbd) (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6389
6390 (custom-add-load (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote encoded-kb))
6391
6392 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6393 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6394 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6395
6396 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6397 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6398 automatically.
6399
6400 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6401 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6402 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." t nil)
6403
6404 ;;;***
6405 \f
6406 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6407 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15535 7606))
6408 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6409
6410 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6411 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6412 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6413 text/enriched format.
6414 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6415
6416 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6417 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6418
6419 Commands:
6420
6421 \\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6422
6423 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6424
6425 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6426
6427 ;;;***
6428 \f
6429 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15470
6430 ;;;;;; 10677))
6431 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6432
6433 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6434 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6435
6436 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6437
6438 ;;;***
6439 \f
6440 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15470
6441 ;;;;;; 10698))
6442 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6443
6444 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6445 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6446
6447 ;;;***
6448 \f
6449 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6450 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15470 1515))
6451 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6452
6453 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6454 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6455 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6456 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6457 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6458 will begin. A new session is always created if the prefix
6459 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6460
6461 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6462 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6463 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6464
6465 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6466 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6467 The result might be any Lisp object.
6468 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6469 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6470 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6471
6472 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6473 Report a bug in Eshell.
6474 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6475 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6476
6477 ;;;***
6478 \f
6479 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6480 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6481 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6482 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6483 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6484 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6485 ;;;;;; (15542 20094))
6486 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6487
6488 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6489 *File name of tags table.
6490 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6491 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6492 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6493 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6494
6495 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6496 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6497 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6498 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6499
6500 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6501 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6502 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6503 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6504 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6505 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6506
6507 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6508 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6509 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6510 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6511 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6512 `auto-compression-mode').")
6513
6514 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6515 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6516 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6517 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6518 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6519
6520 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6521 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6522 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6523 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6524
6525 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6526 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6527 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6528 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6529 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6530
6531 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6532 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6533 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6534 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6535
6536 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6537 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6538 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6539 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6540 file the tag was in." t nil)
6541
6542 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6543 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6544 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6545 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6546 without directory names." nil nil)
6547
6548 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6549 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6550 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6551 but does not select the buffer.
6552 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6553
6554 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6555 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6556 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6557 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6558 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6559
6560 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6561
6562 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6563 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6564 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6565
6566 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6567
6568 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6569 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6570 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6571 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6572
6573 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6574 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6575 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6576 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6577 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6578
6579 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6580
6581 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6582 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6583 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6584
6585 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6586 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6587
6588 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6589 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6590 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6591 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6592 around or before point.
6593
6594 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6595 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6596 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6597 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6598 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6599
6600 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6601
6602 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6603 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6604 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6605
6606 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6607 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6608
6609 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6610 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6611 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6612 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6613 around or before point.
6614
6615 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6616 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6617 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6618 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6619 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6620
6621 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6622
6623 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6624 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6625 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6626
6627 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6628 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6629
6630 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6631 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6632 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6633
6634 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6635 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6636 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6637 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6638 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6639
6640 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6641
6642 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6643 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6644 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6645
6646 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6647 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6648 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6649
6650 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6651 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6652
6653 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6654 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6655 where they were found." t nil)
6656
6657 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6658 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6659
6660 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6661 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6662 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6663
6664 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6665 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6666
6667 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6668 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6669
6670 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6671 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6672 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6673 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6674
6675 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6676 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6677 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6678 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6679 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6680 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6681
6682 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6683 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6684 Stops when a match is found.
6685 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6686
6687 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6688
6689 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6690 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
6691 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6692 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6693 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6694
6695 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6696
6697 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6698 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6699 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6700 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6701 directory specification." t nil)
6702
6703 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6704 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6705
6706 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6707 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6708 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6709 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6710
6711 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6712 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6713 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6714 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6715 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6716
6717 ;;;***
6718 \f
6719 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6720 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6721 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6722 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6723 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6724 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6725 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6726 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15391 46451))
6727 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6728
6729 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6730
6731 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6732 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6733 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6734 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6735
6736 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6737 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6738 language.
6739
6740 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6741 even if the buffer is read-only.
6742
6743 See also the descriptions of the variables
6744 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6745 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6746
6747 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6748 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6749
6750 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6751 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6752
6753 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6754 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6755 language.
6756
6757 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6758 buffer is read-only.
6759
6760 See also the descriptions of the variables
6761 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6762 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6763
6764 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6765 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6766 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6767
6768 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6769 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6770
6771 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6772 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6773
6774 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6775 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6776
6777 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6778 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6779 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6780 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6781
6782 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6783 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6784 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6785 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6786
6787 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6788 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6789 the primary language.
6790
6791 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6792 buffer is read-only.
6793
6794 See also the descriptions of the variables
6795 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6796 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6797
6798 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6799 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6800 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6801 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6802
6803 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6804 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6805 primary language.
6806
6807 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6808 buffer is read-only.
6809
6810 See also the descriptions of the variables
6811 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6812 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6813
6814 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6815 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6816 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6817
6818 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6819 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6820
6821 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6822 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6823 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6824 3) convert the body into SERA.
6825
6826 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6827
6828 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6829 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6830 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6831
6832 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6833 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6834
6835 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6836 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6837
6838 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6839 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6840 be 1, 2, or 3.
6841
6842 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6843 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6844 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6845
6846 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6847
6848 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6849 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6850
6851 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6852 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6853 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6854
6855 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6856 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6857
6858 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6859 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6860
6861 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6862 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6863
6864 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6865 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6866
6867 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6868 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6869
6870 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6871 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6872
6873 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6874 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6875
6876 ;;;***
6877 \f
6878 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6879 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6880 ;;;;;; (15429 14345))
6881 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6882
6883 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6884 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6885 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6886 server for future sessions." t nil)
6887
6888 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6889 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6890
6891 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6892 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6893
6894 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6895 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6896 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6897 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6898 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6899 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6900 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6901 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6902 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6903 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6904 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6905 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6906
6907 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6908 Display a form to query the directory server.
6909 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6910 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6911
6912 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6913 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6914 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6915
6916 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6917
6918 ;;;***
6919 \f
6920 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6921 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6922 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 13186))
6923 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6924
6925 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6926 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6927
6928 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6929 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6930
6931 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
6932 Display e-mail address and make it clickable." nil nil)
6933
6934 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6935 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6936
6937 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6938 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6939
6940 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6941 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6942
6943 ;;;***
6944 \f
6945 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6946 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 13344))
6947 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6948
6949 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6950 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6951 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6952
6953 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6954 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6955
6956 ;;;***
6957 \f
6958 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6959 ;;;;;; (15429 13512))
6960 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6961
6962 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6963 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6964
6965 ;;;***
6966 \f
6967 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6968 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6969 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15305 61706))
6970 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6971
6972 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
6973 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
6974 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
6975
6976 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6977 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6978 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6979 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6980 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6981 executable." t nil)
6982
6983 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6984 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6985 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6986
6987 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
6988 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6989 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6990 file modes." nil nil)
6991
6992 ;;;***
6993 \f
6994 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6995 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15363 54641))
6996 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6997
6998 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
6999 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
7000 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
7001 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
7002
7003 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
7004
7005 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
7006 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
7007 to generate such functions.
7008
7009 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
7010 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
7011 beginning of the expanded text.
7012
7013 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
7014 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
7015 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
7016 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
7017
7018 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
7019
7020 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
7021 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
7022 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
7023
7024 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
7025 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
7026 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
7027 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
7028 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
7029
7030 ;;;***
7031 \f
7032 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15568 32039))
7033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
7034
7035 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
7036 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
7037
7038 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
7039 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
7040 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
7041
7042 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
7043
7044 Key definitions:
7045 \\{f90-mode-map}
7046
7047 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7048
7049 `f90-do-indent'
7050 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
7051 `f90-if-indent'
7052 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
7053 `f90-type-indent'
7054 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
7055 `f90-program-indent'
7056 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
7057 (default 2).
7058 `f90-continuation-indent'
7059 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
7060 `f90-comment-region'
7061 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
7062 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
7063 `f90-indented-comment-re'
7064 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
7065 (default \"!\").
7066 `f90-directive-comment-re'
7067 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
7068 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
7069 `f90-break-delimiters'
7070 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
7071 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
7072 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
7073 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
7074 (default t).
7075 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
7076 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
7077 `f90-smart-end'
7078 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
7079 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
7080 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
7081 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
7082 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
7083 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
7084 `f90-leave-line-no'
7085 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
7086 `f90-keywords-re'
7087 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
7088
7089 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
7090 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7091
7092 ;;;***
7093 \f
7094 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
7095 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
7096 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
7097 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
7098 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15566 54821))
7099 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
7100 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
7101 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
7102
7103 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
7104 Menu keymap for faces.")
7105
7106 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
7107
7108 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
7109 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
7110
7111 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
7112
7113 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
7114 Menu keymap for background colors.")
7115
7116 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
7117
7118 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
7119 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
7120
7121 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
7122
7123 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
7124 Submenu for text justification commands.")
7125
7126 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
7127
7128 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
7129 Submenu for indentation commands.")
7130
7131 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
7132
7133 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
7134 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
7135
7136 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
7137
7138 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Text") (quote describe-text-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
7139
7140 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
7141
7142 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
7143
7144 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
7145 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
7146 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
7147 will not show through at all will be removed.
7148
7149 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
7150
7151 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7152 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7153 requested face.
7154
7155 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7156 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7157 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7158
7159 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
7160 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7161 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7162
7163 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7164 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7165 requested face.
7166
7167 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7168 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7169 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7170
7171 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
7172 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7173 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7174
7175 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7176 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7177 requested face.
7178
7179 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7180 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7181 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7182
7183 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
7184 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
7185 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
7186 is the menu item's name.
7187
7188 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7189 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7190 requested face.
7191
7192 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7193 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7194 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7195
7196 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
7197 Make the region invisible.
7198 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
7199 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7200
7201 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
7202 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
7203 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
7204 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7205
7206 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
7207 Make the region unmodifiable.
7208 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
7209 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7210
7211 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
7212 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
7213
7214 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
7215 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
7216
7217 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
7218 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
7219 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
7220
7221 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
7222 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
7223
7224 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
7225 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
7226 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
7227 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
7228 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
7229
7230 ;;;***
7231 \f
7232 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
7233 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15363 46804))
7234 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
7235
7236 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
7237 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
7238 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
7239 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
7240
7241 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
7242
7243 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
7244 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
7245 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
7246
7247 Font Lock caches may be saved:
7248 - When you save the file's buffer.
7249 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
7250 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
7251 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
7252 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
7253
7254 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
7255
7256 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
7257 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
7258 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
7259 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
7260
7261 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
7262 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
7263
7264 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
7265
7266 ;;;***
7267 \f
7268 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
7269 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
7270 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15429 33864))
7271 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
7272
7273 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
7274 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
7275 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
7276 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
7277
7278 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
7279 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
7280
7281 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
7282 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
7283 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
7284 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
7285
7286 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
7287 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
7288 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7289 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7290 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7291
7292 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7293 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7294 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7295 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7296 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7297 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7298 internally by feedmail):
7299
7300 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7301 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7302 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7303 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7304
7305 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7306 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7307 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7308 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7309 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7310
7311 ;;;***
7312 \f
7313 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7314 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15576 11370))
7315 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7316
7317 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7318 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7319 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7320 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7321 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7322 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7323 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7324
7325 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7326 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7327 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7328 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7329 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7330 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7331 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7332
7333 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7334
7335 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
7336
7337 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7338 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7339 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7340 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7341 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7342 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7343
7344 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7345 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7346 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7347 Return value:
7348 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7349 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7350 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7351
7352 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7353 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7354
7355 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7356 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7357
7358 ;;;***
7359 \f
7360 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7361 ;;;;;; (15567 1421))
7362 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7363
7364 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7365 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7366 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7367 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7368 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7369 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7370 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7371 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7372 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7373 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7374
7375 ;;;***
7376 \f
7377 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7378 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15560 12076))
7379 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7380
7381 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7382 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7383 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7384 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7385 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7386
7387 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7388 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7389 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7390 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7391
7392 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7393 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7394 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7395
7396 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7397
7398 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7399 as the final argument." t nil)
7400
7401 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7402 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7403 and run dired on those files.
7404 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7405 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7406
7407 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7408
7409 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7410 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
7411 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7412
7413 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
7414
7415 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7416
7417 ;;;***
7418 \f
7419 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7420 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7421 ;;;;;; (15561 49354))
7422 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7423
7424 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7425 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7426 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7427
7428 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7429
7430 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7431 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7432 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7433
7434 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7435 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7436
7437 Variables of interest include:
7438
7439 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7440 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7441 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7442
7443 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7444 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7445 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7446
7447 - `ff-ignore-include'
7448 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7449
7450 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7451 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7452
7453 - `ff-quiet-mode'
7454 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7455
7456 - `ff-special-constructs'
7457 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7458 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7459 extracting the filename from that construct.
7460
7461 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7462 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7463
7464 - `ff-search-directories'
7465 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7466 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7467
7468 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7469 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7470
7471 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7472 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7473
7474 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7475 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7476
7477 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7478 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7479
7480 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7481 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7482
7483 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7484 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7485
7486 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7487 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7488
7489 ;;;***
7490 \f
7491 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7492 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7493 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7494 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7495 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func"
7496 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (15577 21908))
7497 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7498
7499 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
7500 Search for SYMBOL.
7501 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
7502 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY." nil nil)
7503
7504 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7505 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7506
7507 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7508 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7509 not selected.
7510
7511 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7512 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7513 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7514
7515 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7516 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7517
7518 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7519 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7520 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7521 it is one of the current buffers.
7522
7523 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7524 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7525 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7526
7527 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7528 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7529
7530 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7531
7532 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7533 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7534
7535 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7536
7537 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7538 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7539
7540 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7541 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7542 not selected.
7543
7544 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
7545 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7546
7547 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7548 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7549
7550 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7551 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7552 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7553 it is one of the current buffers.
7554
7555 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7556 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7557 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7558
7559 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7560 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7561
7562 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7563
7564 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7565 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7566
7567 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7568
7569 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7570 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7571 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7572
7573 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7574 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7575
7576 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7577 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7578
7579 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7580 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7581
7582 ;;;***
7583 \f
7584 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7585 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15186 53885))
7586 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7587
7588 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7589 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7590
7591 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7592 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7593
7594 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7595 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7596
7597 ;;;***
7598 \f
7599 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7600 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15515 48615))
7601 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7602
7603 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7604 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7605
7606 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7607 Display FILE's commentary section.
7608 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7609
7610 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7611 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7612
7613 ;;;***
7614 \f
7615 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7616 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7617 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7618
7619 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7620 Toggle flow control handling.
7621 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7622 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7623
7624 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7625 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7626 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7627 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7628 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7629 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7630
7631 ;;;***
7632 \f
7633 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7634 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7635 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15577 18154))
7636 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7637
7638 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7639 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7640 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7641
7642 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7643 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7644
7645 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
7646
7647 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7648
7649 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7650 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7651 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7652 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7653 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7654 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7655
7656 Bindings:
7657 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7658 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7659 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7660
7661 Hooks:
7662 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
7663
7664 Remark:
7665 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7666 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7667 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7668
7669 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7670 consider adding:
7671 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7672 in your .emacs file.
7673
7674 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
7675 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7676
7677 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
7678
7679 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
7680 The flyspell version" t nil)
7681
7682 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7683 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7684
7685 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7686 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7687
7688 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7689 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7690
7691 ;;;***
7692 \f
7693 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7694 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7695 ;;;;;; (15436 15699))
7696 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7697
7698 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7699 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7700
7701 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7702 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7703
7704 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7705 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7706
7707 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7708 of two major techniques:
7709
7710 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7711 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7712 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7713
7714 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7715 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7716 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7717 movement commands.
7718
7719 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7720 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7721 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7722 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7723 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7724 mileage may vary).
7725
7726 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7727 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7728
7729 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7730
7731 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7732 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7733 \(This is the default.)
7734
7735 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7736 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7737
7738 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7739 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7740
7741 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7742 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7743
7744 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7745 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7746 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7747 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7748 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7749 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7750
7751 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7752 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7753 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7754
7755 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7756 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7757 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7758
7759 ;;;***
7760 \f
7761 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7762 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7763 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15525 29334))
7764 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7765
7766 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7767
7768 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7769 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7770 With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
7771 number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font
7772 Lock on.
7773 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7774
7775 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7776
7777 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7778 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7779 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7780 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7781
7782 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7783 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7784
7785 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7786 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7787
7788 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7789
7790 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7791 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7792 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7793
7794 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7795
7796 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7797 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7798 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7799 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7800 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7801 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7802
7803 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7804 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7805
7806 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7807 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7808
7809 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7810 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7811 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7812
7813 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7814 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7815
7816 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7817 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7818 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7819
7820 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7821 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7822 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7823
7824 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7825 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7826
7827 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7828 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7829 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7830 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7831 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7832 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7833 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7834 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7835 end of the current highlighting list.
7836
7837 For example:
7838
7839 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7840 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7841 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7842
7843 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7844 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7845
7846 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7847 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7848 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7849
7850 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7851 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7852 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7853
7854 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7855 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7856
7857 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7858 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7859
7860 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7861 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7862 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7863
7864 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7865 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled.
7866 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7867 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7868 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7869
7870 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7871
7872 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7873
7874 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7875 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7876 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7877 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7878 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7879
7880 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7881 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7882
7883 ;;;***
7884 \f
7885 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7886 ;;;;;; (15400 43360))
7887 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7888
7889 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7890 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7891 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7892 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7893 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7894
7895 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7896 compatibility.
7897
7898 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7899 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7900
7901 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7902
7903 ;;;***
7904 \f
7905 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15394
7906 ;;;;;; 11333))
7907 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7908
7909 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7910 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7911 \\<message-mode-map>
7912 key binding
7913 --- -------
7914
7915 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7916 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7917 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7918 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7919 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7920 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7921 " t nil)
7922
7923 ;;;***
7924 \f
7925 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7926 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15186 56482))
7927 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7928
7929 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7930 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7931
7932 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7933 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7934 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7935 C-c < forms-first-record <
7936 C-c > forms-last-record >
7937 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7938 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7939 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7940 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7941 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7942 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7943 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7944 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7945 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7946 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7947 " t nil)
7948
7949 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7950 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7951
7952 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7953 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7954
7955 ;;;***
7956 \f
7957 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7958 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15568 22303))
7959 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7960
7961 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7962 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7963 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7964 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7965 with a character in column 6.")
7966
7967 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7968 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7969 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7970 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7971
7972 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7973 Fortran keywords.
7974
7975 Key definitions:
7976 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7977
7978 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7979
7980 `comment-start'
7981 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7982 set this to the string \"!\".
7983 `fortran-do-indent'
7984 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7985 `fortran-if-indent'
7986 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7987 `fortran-structure-indent'
7988 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7989 (default 3)
7990 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7991 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7992 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7993 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7994 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7995 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7996 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7997 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7998 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7999 (for TAB format continuation style).
8000 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
8001 indentation for a line of code.
8002 (default 'fixed)
8003 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
8004 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
8005 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
8006 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
8007 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
8008 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
8009 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
8010 `fortran-line-number-indent'
8011 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
8012 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
8013 column 5. (default 1)
8014 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
8015 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
8016 statements. (default nil)
8017 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
8018 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
8019 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
8020 statement. (default nil)
8021 `fortran-continuation-string'
8022 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
8023 line. (default \"$\")
8024 `fortran-comment-region'
8025 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
8026 region. (default \"c$$$\")
8027 `fortran-electric-line-number'
8028 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
8029 as typed. (default t)
8030 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
8031 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
8032 (default t)
8033
8034 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
8035 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8036
8037 ;;;***
8038 \f
8039 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
8040 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15195 62737))
8041 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
8042
8043 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
8044 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
8045
8046 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
8047 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
8048
8049 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
8050 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
8051
8052 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
8053 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
8054
8055 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
8056 Compile fortune file.
8057
8058 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
8059 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
8060
8061 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
8062 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
8063
8064 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8065 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8066 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8067 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8068
8069 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
8070 Display a fortune cookie.
8071
8072 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8073 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8074 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8075 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8076
8077 ;;;***
8078 \f
8079 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
8080 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
8081 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
8082
8083 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
8084 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
8085
8086 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
8087 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
8088
8089 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
8090 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
8091 function.
8092
8093 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
8094 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
8095 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
8096 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
8097 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
8098 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
8099
8100 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
8101 Each keyword should be a string.
8102
8103 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
8104 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
8105
8106 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
8107 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
8108 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
8109
8110 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
8111
8112 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
8113
8114 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
8115 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
8116 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
8117 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
8118
8119 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
8120 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
8121
8122 ;;;***
8123 \f
8124 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
8125 ;;;;;; (15251 15718))
8126 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
8127
8128 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
8129 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
8130 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
8131 at places they belong to." t nil)
8132
8133 ;;;***
8134 \f
8135 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
8136 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15410 32828))
8137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
8138
8139 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
8140 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
8141
8142 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
8143 Read network news.
8144 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8145 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
8146 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8147 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
8148 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
8149
8150 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
8151 Read news as a slave." t nil)
8152
8153 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
8154 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
8155
8156 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
8157 Read network news.
8158 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8159 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8160 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
8161
8162 ;;;***
8163 \f
8164 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
8165 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
8166 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
8167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
8168
8169 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8170 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
8171
8172 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8173 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
8174
8175 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
8176 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
8177 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
8178 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
8179
8180 \(gnus-agentize)
8181
8182 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
8183 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
8184 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
8185
8186 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
8187 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
8188
8189 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
8190
8191 ;;;***
8192 \f
8193 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
8194 ;;;;;; (15477 13591))
8195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
8196
8197 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
8198 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
8199
8200 ;;;***
8201 \f
8202 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
8203 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
8204 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
8205
8206 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
8207 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
8208
8209 ;;;***
8210 \f
8211 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
8212 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14860
8213 ;;;;;; 14811))
8214 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
8215
8216 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
8217 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
8218
8219 Usage:
8220 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
8221
8222 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
8223 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
8224
8225 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
8226 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
8227
8228 ;;;***
8229 \f
8230 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
8231 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15530 4992))
8232 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
8233
8234 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
8235 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
8236 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
8237
8238 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
8239 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
8240
8241 ;;;***
8242 \f
8243 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
8244 ;;;;;; (14813 3418))
8245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
8246
8247 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
8248
8249 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
8250 Run batched scoring.
8251 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
8252
8253 ;;;***
8254 \f
8255 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
8256 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15185 54813))
8257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
8258
8259 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
8260
8261 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
8262 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
8263
8264 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
8265
8266 ;;;***
8267 \f
8268 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
8269 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
8270 ;;;;;; (15383 46829))
8271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
8272
8273 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8274 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
8275 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
8276 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
8277 group parameters.
8278
8279 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
8280 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
8281 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
8282 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
8283
8284 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
8285 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
8286 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
8287 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
8288 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
8289 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
8290 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
8291 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
8292 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
8293 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
8294
8295 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8296 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
8297 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
8298
8299 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8300 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8301
8302 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8303 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8304 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8305
8306 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8307
8308 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8309 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8310 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
8311
8312 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8313
8314 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8315 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8316 existing groups are considered.
8317
8318 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8319 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8320 returned.
8321
8322 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8323 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8324 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8325 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8326 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8327 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8328 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8329 clauses will be generated.
8330
8331 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8332 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8333 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8334 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8335 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8336 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8337
8338 For example, given the following group parameters:
8339
8340 nnml:mail.bar:
8341 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8342 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8343 nnml:mail.foo:
8344 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8345 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8346 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8347 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8348 nnml:mail.others:
8349 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8350
8351 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8352
8353 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8354 \"mail.bar\")
8355 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8356 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8357 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8358
8359 ;;;***
8360 \f
8361 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8362 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8363 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8364
8365 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8366 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8367 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8368
8369 ;;;***
8370 \f
8371 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15470
8372 ;;;;;; 47364))
8373 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8374
8375 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8376 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8377 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8378 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8379
8380 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8381
8382 ;;;***
8383 \f
8384 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8385 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
8386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8387
8388 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8389 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8390 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8391 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8392 part is ignored.
8393
8394 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8395 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8396 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8397
8398 ;;;***
8399 \f
8400 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8401 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8403
8404 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8405 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8406 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8407 for matching on group names.
8408
8409 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8410 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8411
8412 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8413
8414 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8415
8416 ;;;***
8417 \f
8418 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8419 ;;;;;; (14860 12426))
8420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8421
8422 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8423 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8424
8425 ;;;***
8426 \f
8427 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8428 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15514 12379))
8429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8430
8431 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8432 Unload all Gnus features.
8433 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8434 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8435 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8436
8437 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8438 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8439
8440 ;;;***
8441 \f
8442 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8443 ;;;;;; (15272 56960))
8444 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8445
8446 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8447 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8448
8449 ;;;***
8450 \f
8451 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15514 64735))
8452 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8453
8454 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8455 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8456
8457 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8458 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8459 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8460
8461 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8462 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8463 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8464
8465 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8466 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8467
8468 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
8469 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
8470
8471 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8472
8473 ;;;***
8474 \f
8475 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8476 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15302 11763))
8477 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8478
8479 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8480 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8481 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8482 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8483 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8484
8485 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8486 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8487 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8488 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8489 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8490
8491 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8492 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8493 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8494 or to send e-mail.
8495 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8496
8497 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8498 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8499
8500 ;;;***
8501 \f
8502 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15288 14339))
8503 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8504
8505 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8506 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8507 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8508 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8509 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8510
8511 ;;;***
8512 \f
8513 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8514 ;;;;;; (15521 62479))
8515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8516
8517 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8518 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8519 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8520 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8521
8522 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8523 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8524 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8525 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8526
8527 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8528 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8529 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8530 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8531
8532 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8533 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8534 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8535 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8536
8537 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8538 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8539
8540 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8541 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8542 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8543 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8544
8545 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8546 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8547 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8548 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8549
8550 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8551 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
8552 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
8553 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
8554 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
8555
8556 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
8557 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
8558 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
8559 original source file access method.
8560
8561 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
8562 gud, see `gud-mode'." t nil)
8563 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8564
8565 ;;;***
8566 \f
8567 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15187
8568 ;;;;;; 60207))
8569 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8570
8571 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8572 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8573 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8574 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8575
8576 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8577 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8578 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8579 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8580
8581 ;;;***
8582 \f
8583 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8584 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
8585 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8586
8587 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8588 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8589
8590 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8591 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8592 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8593 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8594
8595 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8596
8597 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8598 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8599 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8600 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8601 to be updated." t nil)
8602
8603 ;;;***
8604 \f
8605 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
8606 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
8607 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (15573 52064))
8608 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
8609
8610 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
8611 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
8612 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
8613 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
8614 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
8615 With arg, you are asked to choose which language." t nil)
8616
8617 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
8618 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
8619 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `M-x load-library'
8620 to find the file that `M-x load-library RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
8621 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
8622 to the specified name LIBRARY.
8623
8624 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
8625 is used instead of `load-path'.
8626
8627 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
8628 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
8629 and the file name is displayed in the echo area." t nil)
8630
8631 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
8632 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol)." t nil)
8633
8634 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" nil nil nil)
8635
8636 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
8637 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
8638 Return 0 if there is no such symbol." nil nil)
8639
8640 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
8641 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
8642 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
8643 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
8644 it is displayed along with the global value." t nil)
8645
8646 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
8647 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
8648 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
8649 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer." t nil)
8650
8651 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
8652 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
8653 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed." t nil)
8654
8655 ;;;***
8656 \f
8657 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8658 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
8659 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8660
8661 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8662 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8663 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8664 and window listing and describing the options.
8665 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8666 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8667
8668 ;;;***
8669 \f
8670 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
8671 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
8672 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15424 41953))
8673 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
8674
8675 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
8676 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
8677 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
8678 Commands:
8679 \\{help-mode-map}" t nil)
8680
8681 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8682
8683 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8684
8685 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
8686 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
8687
8688 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
8689 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
8690 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
8691 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
8692
8693 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
8694 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
8695 restore it properly when going back." nil nil)
8696
8697 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
8698 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
8699
8700 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and, if
8701 `help-highlight-p' is non-nil, highlight it with face defined by
8702 `help-highlight-face'; activate such cross references for selection
8703 with `help-follow'. Cross-references have the canonical form `...'
8704 and the type of reference may be disambiguated by the preceding
8705 word(s) used in `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8706
8707 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
8708 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
8709 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
8710 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8711
8712 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
8713 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
8714 that." t nil)
8715
8716 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8717 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
8718 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
8719 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
8720 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8721 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8722
8723 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8724 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
8725 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
8726 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8727 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8728
8729 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
8730 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO." nil nil)
8731
8732 ;;;***
8733 \f
8734 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8735 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15185 49574))
8736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8737
8738 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8739 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8740
8741 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8742 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8743
8744 ;;;***
8745 \f
8746 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8747 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15490 51792))
8748 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8749
8750 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8751 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8752 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8753 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8754 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8755
8756 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8757 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8758
8759 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8760 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8761 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8762 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8763
8764 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8765 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8766 periods.
8767
8768 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8769 in hexl format.
8770
8771 A sample format:
8772
8773 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8774 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8775 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8776 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8777 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8778 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8779 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8780 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8781 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8782 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8783 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8784 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8785 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8786 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8787 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8788
8789 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8790 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8791 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8792
8793 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8794 also supported.
8795
8796 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8797
8798 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8799 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8800 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8801
8802 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8803 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8804 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8805
8806 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8807 into the buffer at the current point.
8808
8809 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8810 into the buffer at the current point.
8811
8812 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8813 into the buffer at the current point.
8814
8815 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8816
8817 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8818 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8819
8820 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8821
8822 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8823
8824 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8825 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8826 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8827
8828 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8829 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8830 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8831
8832 ;;;***
8833 \f
8834 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8835 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8836 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15450
8837 ;;;;;; 60623))
8838 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8839
8840 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8841
8842 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8843 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8844
8845 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8846
8847 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8848
8849 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8850 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8851
8852 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8853 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8854 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8855 which can be called interactively, are:
8856
8857 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8858 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8859
8860 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8861 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8862 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8863 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8864
8865 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8866 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8867
8868 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8869 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8870
8871 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8872 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8873 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8874 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8875 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8876 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8877
8878 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8879 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8880
8881 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8882 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8883 Hi-lock: FOO
8884 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8885 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8886 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8887 will be read until
8888 Hi-lock: end
8889 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8890
8891 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8892
8893 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8894 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8895
8896 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8897 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8898 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8899 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8900
8901 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8902
8903 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8904 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8905
8906 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8907 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8908 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8909 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8910
8911 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8912
8913 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8914 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8915
8916 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8917 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8918
8919 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8920
8921 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8922 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8923
8924 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8925 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8926 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8927 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8928 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8929
8930 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8931 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8932
8933 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8934 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8935 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8936
8937 ;;;***
8938 \f
8939 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8940 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15494 12696))
8941 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8942
8943 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8944 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8945 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8946 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8947 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8948 how the hiding is done:
8949
8950 `hide-ifdef-env'
8951 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8952 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8953 is used.
8954
8955 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
8956 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8957 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8958 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8959 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8960
8961 `hide-ifdef-lines'
8962 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8963 #endif lines when hiding.
8964
8965 `hide-ifdef-initially'
8966 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8967 is activated.
8968
8969 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
8970 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8971 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8972
8973 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8974
8975 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8976 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8977
8978 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8979 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8980
8981 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8982 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8983
8984 ;;;***
8985 \f
8986 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8987 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15538 7669))
8988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8989
8990 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8991 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8992
8993 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8994 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8995 Each element has the form
8996 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8997
8998 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8999 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
9000
9001 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
9002 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
9003
9004 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
9005 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
9006 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
9007 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
9008 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
9009
9010 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
9011 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
9012
9013 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
9014 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
9015
9016 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
9017 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
9018 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
9019
9020 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
9021 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
9022 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9023 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
9024 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
9025 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
9026
9027 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
9028 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
9029 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
9030
9031 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
9032 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
9033
9034 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
9035
9036 Key bindings:
9037 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
9038
9039 ;;;***
9040 \f
9041 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
9042 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
9043 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
9044 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15556 11212))
9045 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
9046
9047 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
9048
9049 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
9050 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
9051 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
9052
9053 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
9054 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
9055
9056 Without an argument:
9057 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
9058 or passive state as determined by the variable
9059 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
9060 and passive state.
9061
9062 With an argument ARG:
9063 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
9064 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
9065 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
9066
9067 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
9068 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
9069 not displayed in a different face.
9070
9071 Functions:
9072 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
9073 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
9074 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
9075 buffer with the contents of a file
9076 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
9077 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
9078 various faces.
9079
9080 Hook variables:
9081 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
9082 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
9083 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9084
9085 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9086 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9087
9088 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9089 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9090
9091 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
9092 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
9093
9094 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
9095 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
9096 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
9097 shown in the last face in the list.
9098
9099 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
9100 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
9101 buffer to be saved):
9102
9103 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
9104
9105 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
9106 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
9107
9108 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
9109 and must not be read-only.
9110
9111 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
9112 this function is called interactively.
9113
9114 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
9115 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
9116 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
9117
9118 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
9119 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
9120 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
9121
9122 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
9123 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
9124
9125 When called interactively:
9126 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
9127 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
9128 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
9129 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
9130
9131 When called from a program:
9132 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
9133 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
9134 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
9135 - otherwise just turn it on
9136
9137 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
9138 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
9139 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
9140 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
9141
9142 ;;;***
9143 \f
9144 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
9145 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
9146 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
9147 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
9148 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15394 12491))
9149 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
9150
9151 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
9152 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
9153 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
9154 or insert functions in this list.")
9155
9156 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
9157 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
9158
9159 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
9160 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
9161
9162 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
9163 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
9164
9165 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
9166 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
9167
9168 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
9169 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
9170 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
9171
9172 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
9173 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
9174 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9175 \(as atoms)")
9176
9177 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
9178 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
9179 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9180 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
9181 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
9182
9183 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
9184 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
9185 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
9186 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
9187 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
9188 expansions.
9189 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
9190 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
9191 undoes the expansion." t nil)
9192
9193 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
9194 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
9195 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
9196 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
9197
9198 ;;;***
9199 \f
9200 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
9201 ;;;;;; (15521 40298))
9202 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
9203
9204 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9205 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
9206 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9207 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
9208 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
9209
9210 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
9211 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
9212 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9213 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9214 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
9215
9216 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9217
9218 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
9219
9220 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9221 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
9222 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9223 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
9224 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil)
9225
9226 ;;;***
9227 \f
9228 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
9229 ;;;;;; (15097 24075))
9230 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
9231
9232 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
9233 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
9234 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9235
9236 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9237
9238 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
9239 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
9240
9241 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
9242 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
9243
9244 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
9245
9246 ;;;***
9247 \f
9248 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
9249 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
9250 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
9251
9252 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
9253 This function is obsolete.
9254 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9255 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
9256
9257 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
9258 This function is obsolete.
9259 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9260 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9261
9262 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
9263 This function is obsolete.
9264 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9265 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9266
9267 ;;;***
9268 \f
9269 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
9270 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
9271 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
9272 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
9273 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
9274 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
9275 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
9276 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
9277 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
9278 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
9279 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
9280 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
9281 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
9282 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
9283 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
9284 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
9285 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
9286 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
9287 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
9288 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
9289 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
9290 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (15576 843))
9291 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
9292
9293 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9294 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
9295 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
9296
9297 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9298 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse." t nil)
9299
9300 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9301 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point." t nil)
9302
9303 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9304 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse." t nil)
9305
9306 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9307 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line." t nil)
9308
9309 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9310 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups." t nil)
9311
9312 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9313 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups." t nil)
9314 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
9315 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
9316 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
9317 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
9318 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
9319 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
9320 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
9321 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
9322 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
9323 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
9324 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
9325
9326 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" nil nil nil)
9327
9328 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9329 Make the current filters into a filtering group." t nil)
9330
9331 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9332 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode." t nil)
9333
9334 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9335 Remove the first filter group." t nil)
9336
9337 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9338 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters." t nil)
9339
9340 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9341 Remove all filter groups." t nil)
9342
9343 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9344 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME." t nil)
9345
9346 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9347 Kill the filter group named NAME.
9348 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'." t nil)
9349
9350 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
9351 Kill the filter group at point.
9352 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'." t nil)
9353
9354 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
9355 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point." t nil)
9356
9357 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9358 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME." t nil)
9359
9360 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9361 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
9362 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
9363 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9364
9365 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9366 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
9367 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'." t nil)
9368
9369 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9370 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
9371 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
9372 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9373 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9374
9375 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
9376 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer." t nil)
9377
9378 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9379 Remove the top filter in this buffer." t nil)
9380
9381 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9382 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
9383
9384 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
9385 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
9386 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode]." t nil)
9387
9388 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9389 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer." t nil)
9390
9391 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9392 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer." t nil)
9393
9394 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9395 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
9396 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
9397 filter into parts." t nil)
9398
9399 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9400 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9401 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9402
9403 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9404 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'." t nil)
9405
9406 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9407 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters." t nil)
9408
9409 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9410 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9411 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9412 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9413 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
9414 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
9415 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
9416 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
9417 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
9418 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
9419 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
9420
9421 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9422 Toggle the current sorting mode.
9423 Default sorting modes are:
9424 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
9425 Name - the name of the buffer
9426 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
9427 Size - the size of the buffer" t nil)
9428
9429 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
9430 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order." t nil)
9431 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
9432 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
9433 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
9434 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
9435
9436 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9437 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package." t nil)
9438
9439 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
9440 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
9441 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
9442 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9443
9444 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9445 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
9446 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
9447 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9448
9449 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9450 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9451
9452 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9453 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
9454
9455 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
9456 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards." t nil)
9457
9458 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9459 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9460
9461 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9462 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'." t nil)
9463
9464 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
9465 Hide all of the currently marked lines." t nil)
9466
9467 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
9468 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME." t nil)
9469
9470 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
9471 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
9472 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'." t nil)
9473
9474 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
9475 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
9476 The names are separated by a space.
9477 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
9478 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete pathname of each marked file.
9479
9480 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with C-y.
9481
9482 [ This docstring shamelessly stolen from the
9483 `dired-copy-filename-as-kill' in \"dired-x\". ]" t nil)
9484
9485 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9486 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9487
9488 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9489 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP." t nil)
9490
9491 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9492 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9493
9494 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9495 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE." t nil)
9496
9497 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9498 Mark all modified buffers." t nil)
9499
9500 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9501 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file." t nil)
9502
9503 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9504 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist." t nil)
9505
9506 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9507 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*." t nil)
9508
9509 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9510 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days." t nil)
9511
9512 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9513 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'." t nil)
9514
9515 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9516 Mark all read-only buffers." t nil)
9517
9518 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9519 Mark all `dired' buffers." t nil)
9520
9521 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
9522 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
9523 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
9524 defaults to one." t nil)
9525
9526 ;;;***
9527 \f
9528 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
9529 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (15569
9530 ;;;;;; 32086))
9531 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
9532
9533 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
9534 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
9535
9536 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
9537 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The current buffer
9538 will be `buffer'.
9539
9540 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
9541 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
9542 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
9543 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
9544 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
9545 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
9546
9547 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
9548 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
9549 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
9550 change its definition, you should explicitly call
9551 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'." nil (quote macro))
9552
9553 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9554 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
9555 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
9556 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
9557 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
9558
9559 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
9560 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
9561 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'." nil (quote macro))
9562
9563 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
9564 Generate a function named `ibuffer-do-OP', which operates on a buffer.
9565 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
9566 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
9567
9568 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
9569 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
9570 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
9571 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
9572 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
9573 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
9574 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
9575 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
9576 values are:
9577 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
9578 t - the function it always modifies buffers
9579 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
9580 buffer's modification flag.
9581 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
9582 prompted before performing this operation.
9583 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
9584 operation is complete, in the form:
9585 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
9586 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
9587 confirmation message, in the form:
9588 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
9589 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
9590 macro for exactly what it does." nil (quote macro))
9591
9592 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9593 Define a filter named NAME.
9594 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
9595 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
9596 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
9597
9598 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
9599 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
9600 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
9601 bound to the current value of the filter." nil (quote macro))
9602
9603 ;;;***
9604 \f
9605 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
9606 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (15576 843))
9607 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
9608
9609 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
9610 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
9611 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9612 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9613
9614 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
9615 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
9616 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9617 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9618
9619 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
9620 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
9621 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
9622
9623 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
9624 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
9625 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
9626 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
9627 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
9628 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
9629 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
9630 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
9631 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
9632 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'." t nil)
9633
9634 ;;;***
9635 \f
9636 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
9637 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15483 45647))
9638 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
9639
9640 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
9641 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
9642 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
9643
9644 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
9645 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
9646 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
9647
9648 ;;;***
9649 \f
9650 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14851 17580))
9651 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
9652
9653 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
9654 Major mode for editing Icon code.
9655 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
9656 Tab indents for Icon code.
9657 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9658 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9659 \\{icon-mode-map}
9660 Variables controlling indentation style:
9661 icon-tab-always-indent
9662 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
9663 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9664 icon-auto-newline
9665 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
9666 inserted in Icon code.
9667 icon-indent-level
9668 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
9669 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9670 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9671 icon-continued-statement-offset
9672 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9673 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9674 icon-continued-brace-offset
9675 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9676 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
9677 icon-brace-offset
9678 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9679 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
9680 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9681 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9682
9683 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
9684 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9685
9686 ;;;***
9687 \f
9688 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
9689 ;;;;;; (15470 21905))
9690 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
9691
9692 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
9693 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
9694 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
9695 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
9696
9697 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
9698 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
9699 separate frames.
9700
9701 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
9702
9703 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
9704 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
9705 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
9706
9707 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9708
9709 ;;;***
9710 \f
9711 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
9712 ;;;;;; (15470 22102))
9713 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
9714
9715 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
9716 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
9717
9718 The main features of this mode are
9719
9720 1. Indentation and Formatting
9721 --------------------------
9722 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
9723 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
9724
9725 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
9726 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
9727 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
9728 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
9729
9730 Comments are indented as follows:
9731
9732 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
9733 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
9734 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
9735
9736 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
9737
9738 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
9739 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
9740 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
9741 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
9742 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
9743
9744 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
9745 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
9746 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
9747
9748 2. Routine Info
9749 ------------
9750 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
9751 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
9752 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
9753 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
9754 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
9755 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
9756 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
9757
9758 3. Online IDL Help
9759 ---------------
9760 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
9761 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
9762 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
9763 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
9764 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
9765
9766 4. Completion
9767 ----------
9768 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
9769 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
9770 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
9771 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
9772 mixed or upper case.
9773
9774 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
9775 --------------------------------
9776 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
9777 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
9778
9779 \\pr PROCEDURE template
9780 \\fu FUNCTION template
9781 \\c CASE statement template
9782 \\sw SWITCH statement template
9783 \\f FOR loop template
9784 \\r REPEAT Loop template
9785 \\w WHILE loop template
9786 \\i IF statement template
9787 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
9788 \\b BEGIN
9789
9790 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
9791 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
9792
9793 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
9794 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
9795 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
9796
9797 6. Automatic Case Conversion
9798 -------------------------
9799 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9800 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9801
9802 7. Automatic END completion
9803 ------------------------
9804 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9805 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9806
9807 8. Hooks
9808 -----
9809 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9810 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9811
9812 9. Documentation and Customization
9813 -------------------------------
9814 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
9815 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
9816 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
9817 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
9818 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9819
9820 10.Keybindings
9821 -----------
9822 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9823 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9824 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9825
9826 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9827
9828 ;;;***
9829 \f
9830 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15482 24869))
9831 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
9832 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
9833
9834 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
9835 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
9836 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
9837
9838 ;;;***
9839 \f
9840 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
9841 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
9842 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15500 45542))
9843 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
9844
9845 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
9846 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
9847 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
9848 be determined." nil nil)
9849
9850 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
9851 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
9852 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
9853 be determined." nil nil)
9854
9855 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
9856 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
9857 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
9858
9859 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
9860 Create an image.
9861 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
9862 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
9863 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
9864 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
9865 use its file extension as image type.
9866 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
9867 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
9868 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
9869 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
9870
9871 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
9872 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
9873 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
9874 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
9875 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
9876 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
9877 POS may be an integer or marker.
9878 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9879 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9880 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9881 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9882
9883 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
9884 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
9885 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
9886 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
9887 defaulted if you omit it.
9888 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9889 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9890 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9891 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9892
9893 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
9894 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
9895 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
9896 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
9897
9898 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
9899 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
9900
9901 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
9902
9903 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9904 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9905 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9906 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9907 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9908 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
9909 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
9910 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
9911 satisfied.
9912
9913 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
9914
9915 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
9916 Define SYMBOL as an image.
9917
9918 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
9919 documentation string.
9920
9921 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9922 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9923 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9924 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9925 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9926 string containing the actual image data. The first image
9927 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
9928 define SYMBOL.
9929
9930 Example:
9931
9932 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
9933 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
9934
9935 ;;;***
9936 \f
9937 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
9938 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
9939 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15415 19725))
9940 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
9941
9942 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
9943 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
9944 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
9945 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9946
9947 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9948 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9949 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
9950 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
9951
9952 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9953 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9954 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9955 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9956
9957 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9958 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9959 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
9960 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
9961
9962 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9963 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9964
9965 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9966 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9967 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9968 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9969
9970 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9971 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
9972 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9973 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9974 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9975
9976 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9977
9978 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9979
9980 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9981 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9982 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9983 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9984
9985 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9986 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9987 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9988
9989 ;;;***
9990 \f
9991 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9992 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15509 27826))
9993 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9994
9995 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9996 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9997
9998 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9999
10000 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
10001 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
10002 in the buffer.
10003
10004 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
10005
10006 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
10007 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
10008 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
10009
10010 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
10011 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
10012
10013 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
10014 to create a buffer index.
10015
10016 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
10017 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
10018 or like this:
10019 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
10020 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
10021 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
10022 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
10023 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
10024
10025 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
10026 entries are not nested.
10027
10028 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
10029 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
10030 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
10031 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
10032
10033 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
10034 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
10035
10036 The variable is buffer-local.
10037
10038 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
10039 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
10040 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
10041
10042 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
10043 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
10044 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
10045 during matching.")
10046
10047 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
10048
10049 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
10050 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
10051
10052 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
10053 of the current buffer as an alist.
10054
10055 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
10056 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
10057 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
10058 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
10059 if it is a sub-alist.
10060
10061 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
10062
10063 The variable is buffer-local.")
10064
10065 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
10066
10067 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
10068 Function for finding the next index position.
10069
10070 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
10071 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
10072 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
10073 file.
10074
10075 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
10076 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
10077
10078 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10079
10080 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
10081
10082 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
10083 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
10084
10085 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
10086 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
10087 It should return the name for that index item.
10088
10089 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10090
10091 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
10092
10093 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
10094 Function to compare string with index item.
10095
10096 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
10097 non-nil if they match.
10098
10099 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
10100 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
10101 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
10102 arguments match\".
10103
10104 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10105
10106 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
10107
10108 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
10109 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
10110 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
10111
10112 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
10113
10114 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
10115
10116 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
10117
10118 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
10119 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
10120 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
10121 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
10122
10123 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
10124 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
10125
10126 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
10127
10128 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
10129 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
10130 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
10131 for more information." t nil)
10132
10133 ;;;***
10134 \f
10135 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
10136 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
10137 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (15390 23523))
10138 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
10139
10140 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
10141 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'. " t nil)
10142
10143 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10144
10145 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10146
10147 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10148
10149 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
10150 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
10151 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
10152 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
10153 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'." nil nil)
10154
10155 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
10156 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
10157 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
10158 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
10159 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'." nil nil)
10160
10161 ;;;***
10162 \f
10163 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
10164 ;;;;;; (15394 10957))
10165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
10166
10167 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
10168 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
10169 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
10170 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
10171 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
10172
10173 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
10174 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
10175
10176 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
10177 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
10178 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
10179 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
10180 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
10181 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
10182 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
10183 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
10184
10185 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
10186 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
10187 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
10188 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
10189 Inferior Lisp buffer.
10190
10191 This variable is only used if the variable
10192 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
10193
10194 More precise choices:
10195 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
10196 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
10197 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
10198
10199 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
10200
10201 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
10202 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
10203
10204 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
10205 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
10206 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
10207 to that buffer.
10208 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
10209 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
10210 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
10211 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
10212 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
10213
10214 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
10215
10216 ;;;***
10217 \f
10218 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
10219 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
10220 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15577 18154))
10221 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
10222
10223 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
10224 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
10225 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
10226
10227 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
10228 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
10229 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
10230 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
10231 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
10232 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
10233
10234 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
10235 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
10236
10237 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
10238 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
10239 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
10240
10241 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
10242 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
10243 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
10244 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
10245
10246 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
10247 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
10248
10249 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
10250 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
10251 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10252 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10253 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10254
10255 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
10256 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
10257 KEY is a string.
10258 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
10259 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10260 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10261 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10262
10263 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
10264 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
10265 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
10266
10267 ;;;***
10268 \f
10269 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
10270 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
10271 ;;;;;; (15440 59237))
10272 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
10273
10274 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
10275 Throw away all cached data.
10276 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
10277 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
10278 system." t nil)
10279
10280 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
10281 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
10282 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
10283 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
10284 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10285 The default symbol is the one found at point.
10286
10287 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
10288
10289 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
10290 Display the documentation of a file.
10291 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
10292 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
10293 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10294 The default file name is the one found at point.
10295
10296 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
10297
10298 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
10299 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
10300
10301 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
10302 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
10303
10304 ;;;***
10305 \f
10306 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
10307 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15185 49574))
10308 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
10309
10310 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
10311 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
10312
10313 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
10314 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
10315 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
10316
10317 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
10318 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
10319 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
10320
10321 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
10322 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
10323 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
10324 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
10325
10326 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
10327 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
10328 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
10329
10330 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
10331 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
10332 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
10333 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
10334 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
10335
10336 ;;;***
10337 \f
10338 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
10339 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
10340 ;;;;;; (15251 19613))
10341 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
10342
10343 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10344 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
10345
10346 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10347 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
10348
10349 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
10350
10351 ;;;***
10352 \f
10353 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
10354 ;;;;;; (15538 7960))
10355 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
10356
10357 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
10358 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
10359 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
10360 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
10361 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
10362 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
10363
10364 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
10365 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
10366
10367 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
10368 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
10369 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
10370 \"s gives German sharp s.
10371 /a gives a with ring.
10372 /e gives an a-e ligature.
10373 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
10374 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
10375 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
10376
10377 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
10378 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
10379
10380 ;;;***
10381 \f
10382 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
10383 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
10384 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
10385 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15186 56483))
10386 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
10387
10388 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
10389 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
10390 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10391 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10392
10393 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
10394 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
10395 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10396 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10397
10398 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
10399 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
10400 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10401 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10402
10403 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10404 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10405 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10406 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10407
10408 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10409 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10410 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10411 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10412
10413 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
10414 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10415 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10416 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10417
10418 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
10419 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10420 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10421 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10422
10423 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
10424 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
10425 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10426 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10427
10428 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10429 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10430 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10431 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10432
10433 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10434 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
10435
10436 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10437 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
10438
10439 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
10440 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
10441
10442 ;;;***
10443 \f
10444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
10445 ;;;;;; (15404 61941))
10446 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
10447 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
10448 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
10449 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
10450
10451 ;;;***
10452 \f
10453 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
10454 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
10455 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
10456 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
10457 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
10458 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15471 40661))
10459 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
10460
10461 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
10462 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
10463
10464 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
10465 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
10466 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
10467 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
10468
10469 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
10470 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
10471 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
10472
10473 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
10474
10475 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
10476
10477 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
10478
10479 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
10480
10481 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
10482
10483 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
10484
10485 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
10486 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
10487
10488 Each element of this list is also a list:
10489
10490 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
10491 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
10492
10493 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
10494 nil means the default dictionary.
10495
10496 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
10497 word.
10498
10499 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
10500
10501 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
10502 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
10503 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
10504 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
10505 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
10506 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
10507 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
10508 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
10509 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
10510
10511 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
10512 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
10513 single word.
10514
10515 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
10516 subprocess.
10517
10518 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
10519 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
10520 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
10521 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
10522 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
10523 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
10524 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
10525 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
10526
10527 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
10528
10529 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
10530 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
10531 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
10532
10533 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
10534 Key map for ispell menu.")
10535
10536 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
10537 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
10538 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
10539 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
10540
10541 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
10542
10543 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
10544
10545 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
10546
10547 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
10548
10549 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
10550
10551 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
10552 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
10553 The alist key must be a regular expression.
10554 Valid forms include:
10555 (KEY) - just skip the key.
10556 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
10557 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
10558 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
10559
10560 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
10561 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
10562 First list is used raw.
10563 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
10564
10565 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
10566 for skipping in latex mode.")
10567
10568 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
10569
10570 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
10571 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
10572 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
10573 in a window allowing you to choose one.
10574
10575 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
10576 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
10577 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
10578 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
10579 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
10580
10581 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
10582 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
10583
10584 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
10585
10586 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
10587 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
10588
10589 return values:
10590 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
10591 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
10592 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
10593 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
10594 quit spell session exited." t nil)
10595
10596 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
10597 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
10598 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
10599
10600 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
10601 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
10602
10603 Selections are:
10604
10605 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
10606 SPC: Accept word this time.
10607 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
10608 `a': Accept word for this session.
10609 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
10610 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
10611 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
10612 `?': Show these commands.
10613 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
10614 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
10615 the aborted check to be completed later.
10616 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
10617 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
10618 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
10619 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
10620 `C-l': redraws screen
10621 `C-r': recursive edit
10622 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
10623
10624 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
10625 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
10626 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
10627
10628 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
10629 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
10630 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
10631
10632 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
10633
10634 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
10635
10636 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
10637 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
10638 Return nil if spell session is quit,
10639 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
10640
10641 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
10642 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
10643
10644 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
10645 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
10646
10647 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
10648 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
10649
10650 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
10651 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
10652 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
10653 sequence inside of a word.
10654
10655 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
10656
10657 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
10658 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
10659
10660 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
10661 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
10662 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
10663 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
10664
10665 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
10666 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
10667 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
10668 available on the net." t nil)
10669
10670 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
10671 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
10672 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
10673
10674 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
10675 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
10676
10677 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
10678 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
10679
10680 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
10681 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
10682 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
10683 Don't check included messages.
10684
10685 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
10686 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
10687 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
10688
10689 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
10690 in your .emacs file:
10691 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
10692 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
10693 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
10694 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
10695
10696 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
10697 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
10698 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
10699
10700 ;;;***
10701 \f
10702 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
10703 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
10704 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15544 11212))
10705 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
10706
10707 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10708 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
10709 Return the name of a buffer selected.
10710 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
10711 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
10712 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
10713
10714 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
10715 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
10716 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
10717 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
10718
10719 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
10720
10721 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10722 Switch to another buffer.
10723
10724 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
10725 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
10726 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
10727 in another frame.
10728 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10729
10730 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
10731 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
10732 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10733 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10734
10735 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10736 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
10737 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10738 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10739
10740 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
10741 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
10742 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10743 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10744
10745 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
10746 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
10747 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10749 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
10750
10751 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10752
10753 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
10754
10755 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
10756 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
10757 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
10758 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
10759 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
10760
10761 ;;;***
10762 \f
10763 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
10764 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
10765 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
10766 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15185 62673))
10767 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
10768
10769 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
10770
10771 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
10772 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
10773 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10774 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10775 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
10776 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
10777 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
10778 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
10779
10780 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
10781 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
10782 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10783 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10784
10785 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
10786 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
10787 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10788 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10789 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
10790
10791 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
10792 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
10793 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10794 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10795
10796 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
10797 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
10798 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
10799 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
10800
10801 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
10802 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
10803
10804 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10805 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
10806 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10807 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10808 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
10809
10810 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10811 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
10812 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10813 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10814 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
10815
10816 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
10817 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10818 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
10819
10820 ;;;***
10821 \f
10822 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15361
10823 ;;;;;; 12869))
10824 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
10825
10826 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
10827 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
10828 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
10829 that needs to be (re)fontified.
10830 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
10831
10832 ;;;***
10833 \f
10834 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
10835 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15409 25587))
10836 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
10837
10838 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
10839 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
10840 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10842 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
10843
10844 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10845
10846 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
10847
10848 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10849 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
10850 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
10851 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
10852
10853 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10854 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
10855
10856 ;;;***
10857 \f
10858 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-shifted-setup keypad-setup)
10859 ;;;;;; "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (15564 28215))
10860 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
10861
10862 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
10863 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys.
10864 The options are:
10865 'prefix Numeric prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
10866 'cursor Cursor movement keys.
10867 'S-cursor Shifted cursor movement keys.
10868 'numeric Plain numeric, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
10869 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map.
10870 nil Keep existing bindings for the keypad keys.")
10871
10872 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-setup) (quote custom-variable))
10873
10874 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-setup) (quote keypad))
10875
10876 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
10877 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys.
10878 See `keypad-setup' for available options.")
10879
10880 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-shifted-setup) (quote custom-variable))
10881
10882 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-shifted-setup) (quote keypad))
10883
10884 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
10885 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
10886 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
10887 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
10888
10889 Setup Binding
10890 -------------------------------------------------------------
10891 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
10892 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
10893 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
10894 'numeric Plain numeric, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
10895 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map.
10896
10897 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional third argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
10898 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'" nil nil)
10899
10900 ;;;***
10901 \f
10902 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
10903 ;;;;;; (15185 62673))
10904 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
10905
10906 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
10907 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
10908 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
10909
10910 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
10911 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
10912 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
10913 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
10914 shorter.
10915
10916 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
10917 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
10918 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
10919
10920 ;;;***
10921 \f
10922 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15185
10923 ;;;;;; 62673))
10924 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
10925
10926 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
10927 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
10928 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
10929 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
10930 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
10931 positions that contains the current selection.")
10932
10933 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
10934 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
10935 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
10936 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
10937 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
10938 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
10939 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
10940
10941 ;;;***
10942 \f
10943 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
10944 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15185 62673))
10945 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
10946
10947 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
10948 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
10949 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
10950
10951 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
10952
10953 ;;;***
10954 \f
10955 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
10956 ;;;;;; (15354 48719))
10957 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
10958
10959 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
10960
10961 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
10962 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
10963
10964 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
10965
10966 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
10967 Start or resume an Lm game.
10968 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
10969 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
10970
10971 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
10972 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10973 none / 1 | yes | no
10974 2 | yes | yes
10975 3 | no | yes
10976 4 | no | no
10977
10978 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
10979 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
10980 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
10981
10982 ;;;***
10983 \f
10984 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
10985 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
10986 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15377
10987 ;;;;;; 2041))
10988 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
10989
10990 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10991
10992 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
10993 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
10994 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
10995 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
10996 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
10997 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
10998
10999 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
11000 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
11001
11002 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
11003 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
11004
11005 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
11006
11007 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
11008 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
11009 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
11010 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
11011 to compose.
11012
11013 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
11014
11015 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
11016
11017 ;;;***
11018 \f
11019 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
11020 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15377 1423))
11021 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
11022
11023 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
11024 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
11025 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
11026 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
11027 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
11028 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
11029 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
11030 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
11031
11032 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
11033 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
11034
11035 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11036 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
11037
11038 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
11039
11040 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
11041
11042 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
11043 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
11044 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
11045 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
11046 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
11047 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
11048 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
11049 a Unicode font with which to display them." nil nil)
11050
11051 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
11052 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
11053 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
11054 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
11055
11056 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11057 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
11058
11059 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote custom-variable))
11060
11061 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote latin1-disp))
11062
11063 ;;;***
11064 \f
11065 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
11066 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15509 27929))
11067 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
11068
11069 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
11070 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
11071 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
11072 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
11073
11074 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
11075
11076 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
11077 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
11078 JIT Lock's favor.
11079
11080 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
11081
11082 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
11083 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
11084 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
11085 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
11086 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
11087 for large buffers.
11088
11089 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
11090 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
11091 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
11092 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
11093 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
11094
11095 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
11096 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
11097 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
11098 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
11099 slow to keep up with your typing.
11100
11101 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
11102 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
11103 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
11104 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
11105 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
11106 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
11107
11108 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
11109 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
11110 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
11111 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
11112
11113 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
11114 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
11115 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
11116 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
11117
11118 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
11119 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
11120 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
11121 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
11122 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
11123
11124 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
11125 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
11126
11127 ;;;***
11128 \f
11129 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
11130 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
11131 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
11132
11133 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
11134 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
11135
11136 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
11137 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
11138
11139 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
11140 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
11141
11142 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
11143 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
11144 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
11145 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
11146 for later transmission to Lisp job.
11147 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
11148 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
11149 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
11150 and transmit saved text.
11151 \\{ledit-mode-map}
11152 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
11153 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
11154
11155 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
11156
11157 ;;;***
11158 \f
11159 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15020 64776))
11160 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
11161
11162 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
11163 Run Conway's Life simulation.
11164 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
11165 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
11166 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
11167
11168 ;;;***
11169 \f
11170 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14846
11171 ;;;;;; 46315))
11172 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
11173
11174 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
11175 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
11176 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
11177 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
11178
11179 ;;;***
11180 \f
11181 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
11182 ;;;;;; (15400 23926))
11183 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
11184
11185 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
11186 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
11187 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
11188
11189 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
11190 Run the locate command with a filter.
11191
11192 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
11193 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
11194
11195 ;;;***
11196 \f
11197 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15326 11642))
11198 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
11199
11200 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
11201 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
11202 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
11203 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
11204 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
11205 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
11206 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
11207 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
11208 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
11209 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
11210 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
11211 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
11212 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
11213
11214 ;;;***
11215 \f
11216 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15408
11217 ;;;;;; 51653))
11218 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
11219
11220 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
11221 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
11222
11223 ;;;***
11224 \f
11225 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
11226 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15185
11227 ;;;;;; 49574))
11228 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
11229
11230 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
11231
11232 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
11233
11234 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
11235 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
11236 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
11237
11238 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
11239 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
11240
11241 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
11242 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
11243 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
11244 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
11245 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
11246 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
11247 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
11248
11249 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
11250 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
11251 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
11252 switch on this list.
11253 See `lpr-command'.")
11254
11255 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
11256 *Name of program for printing a file.
11257
11258 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
11259 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
11260 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
11261 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
11262 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
11263 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
11264 argument.")
11265
11266 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
11267 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
11268 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11269 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11270
11271 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
11272 Paginate and print buffer contents.
11273
11274 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11275 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11276 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11277 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11278
11279 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11280 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11281
11282 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11283 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11284
11285 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
11286 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
11287 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11288 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11289
11290 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
11291 Paginate and print the region contents.
11292
11293 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11294 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11295 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11296 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11297
11298 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11299 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11300
11301 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11302 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11303
11304 ;;;***
11305 \f
11306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15407 18714))
11307 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
11308
11309 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
11310
11311 ;;;***
11312 \f
11313 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15186
11314 ;;;;;; 39912))
11315 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
11316
11317 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
11318 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
11319 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11320
11321 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
11322
11323 ;;;***
11324 \f
11325 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15186
11326 ;;;;;; 56483))
11327 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
11328
11329 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
11330 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
11331 \\{m4-mode-map}
11332 " t nil)
11333
11334 ;;;***
11335 \f
11336 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
11337 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15185 49574))
11338 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
11339
11340 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11341 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
11342 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
11343 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
11344 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
11345
11346 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11347 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
11348 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
11349 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
11350
11351 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
11352 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
11353 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
11354 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
11355 bindings.
11356
11357 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
11358 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
11359
11360 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
11361 Query user during kbd macro execution.
11362 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
11363 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
11364 each time the macro executes.
11365 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
11366 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
11367 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
11368 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
11369 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
11370 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
11371 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
11372
11373 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
11374 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
11375 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
11376
11377 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
11378 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
11379 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
11380 execute.
11381
11382 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
11383 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
11384
11385 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
11386 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
11387 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
11388 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
11389 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
11390
11391 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
11392 looked like this:
11393
11394 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
11395 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
11396 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
11397
11398 You could enter the names in this format:
11399
11400 foo
11401 bar
11402 baz
11403
11404 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
11405
11406 \\C-x (
11407 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
11408 \\C-x )
11409
11410 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
11411 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
11412 " t nil)
11413 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
11414
11415 ;;;***
11416 \f
11417 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
11418 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15353 37573))
11419 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
11420
11421 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
11422 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
11423 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
11424 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
11425
11426 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
11427 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
11428 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
11429 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
11430 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
11431
11432 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
11433 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
11434 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
11435 consing a string.)" nil nil)
11436
11437 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
11438 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
11439
11440 ;;;***
11441 \f
11442 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
11443 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
11444 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
11445 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
11446
11447 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
11448 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
11449
11450 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
11451
11452 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
11453 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
11454
11455 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
11456 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
11457 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
11458 message.
11459
11460 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
11461
11462 ;;;***
11463 \f
11464 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
11465 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
11466 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15512
11467 ;;;;;; 17296))
11468 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
11469
11470 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
11471 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
11472 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
11473 often correct parser.")
11474
11475 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
11476
11477 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11478 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
11479 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11480 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11481
11482 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11483 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
11484 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11485 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11486
11487 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
11488 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
11489 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11490 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
11491
11492 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
11493 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
11494 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
11495 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
11496 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
11497 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
11498
11499 ;;;***
11500 \f
11501 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
11502 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15551 24563))
11503 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
11504
11505 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
11506 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
11507
11508 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
11509 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
11510 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
11511
11512 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
11513 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
11514 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
11515
11516 ;;;***
11517 \f
11518 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
11519 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15303
11520 ;;;;;; 63149))
11521 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
11522
11523 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
11524 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
11525 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
11526 king@grassland.com
11527 If `parens', they look like:
11528 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11529 If `angles', they look like:
11530 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
11531
11532 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
11533 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
11534 If interactive, expand in header fields.
11535 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
11536 their `Resent-' variants.
11537
11538 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
11539 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
11540
11541 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
11542 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
11543 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
11544
11545 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
11546 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
11547 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
11548 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
11549
11550 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
11551 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
11552 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
11553 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
11554
11555 ;;;***
11556 \f
11557 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
11558 ;;;;;; (15365 19469))
11559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
11560
11561 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
11562 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
11563 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
11564
11565 \\{makefile-mode-map}
11566
11567 In the browser, use the following keys:
11568
11569 \\{makefile-browser-map}
11570
11571 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
11572
11573 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
11574 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
11575
11576 `makefile-target-colon':
11577 The string that gets appended to all target names
11578 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
11579 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
11580
11581 `makefile-macro-assign':
11582 The string that gets appended to all macro names
11583 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
11584 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
11585 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
11586 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
11587 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
11588
11589 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
11590 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
11591 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
11592
11593 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
11594 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
11595
11596 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
11597 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
11598 up or down in the browser.
11599
11600 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
11601 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
11602
11603 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
11604 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
11605
11606 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
11607 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
11608 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
11609 has been selected in the browser.
11610
11611 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
11612 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
11613 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
11614 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
11615 filenames are omitted.
11616
11617 `makefile-cleanup-continuations-p':
11618 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
11619 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
11620 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
11621 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
11622 the backslash itself intact.
11623 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
11624 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
11625
11626 `makefile-browser-hook':
11627 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
11628 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
11629
11630 `makefile-special-targets-list':
11631 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
11632 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
11633 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
11634
11635 ;;;***
11636 \f
11637 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
11638 ;;;;;; 28917))
11639 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
11640
11641 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
11642 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
11643 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
11644
11645 ;;;***
11646 \f
11647 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15425 23120))
11648 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
11649
11650 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
11651
11652 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
11653 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
11654 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
11655 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
11656 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
11657 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
11658 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
11659
11660 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
11661 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
11662 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
11663 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil)
11664
11665 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
11666 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
11667
11668 ;;;***
11669 \f
11670 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15400 24164))
11671 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
11672
11673 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
11674 Toggle Master mode.
11675 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
11676 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
11677 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
11678
11679 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
11680 following commands:
11681
11682 \\{master-mode-map}
11683
11684 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
11685 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
11686 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'." t nil)
11687
11688 ;;;***
11689 \f
11690 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
11691 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
11692 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
11693 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
11694 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
11695 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
11696 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
11697 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
11698 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
11699 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15530 4992))
11700 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
11701
11702 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
11703 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
11704
11705 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
11706 king@grassland.com
11707 If `parens', they look like:
11708 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11709 If `angles', they look like:
11710 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
11711
11712 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
11713 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
11714
11715 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
11716 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
11717
11718 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
11719 *Local news organization file.")
11720
11721 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
11722 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
11723 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
11724 variable `mail-header-separator'.
11725
11726 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
11727 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
11728 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
11729
11730 See also `send-mail-function'.")
11731
11732 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
11733 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
11734
11735 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
11736 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
11737
11738 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
11739 *Function for citing an original message.
11740 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
11741 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
11742 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
11743
11744 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
11745 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
11746 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
11747 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
11748 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
11749
11750 (defvar message-signature t "\
11751 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
11752 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
11753 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
11754 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
11755
11756 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
11757 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
11758 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
11759 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
11760
11761 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11762
11763 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
11764 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
11765 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
11766 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
11767 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
11768 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
11769 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
11770 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
11771 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
11772 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
11773 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
11774 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
11775 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
11776 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
11777 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
11778 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
11779 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
11780 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
11781 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
11782 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
11783 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
11784 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
11785 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
11786 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
11787 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
11788
11789 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
11790 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11791 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
11792
11793 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
11794 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11795
11796 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
11797 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
11798
11799 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
11800 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
11801
11802 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
11803 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
11804 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
11805
11806 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
11807 Cancel an article you posted.
11808 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
11809
11810 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
11811 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
11812 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
11813 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
11814
11815 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
11816 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
11817
11818 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
11819 Forward the current message via mail.
11820 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
11821 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
11822
11823 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
11824
11825 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
11826
11827 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
11828 Let RMAIL uses message to forward." t nil)
11829
11830 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
11831 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
11832
11833 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
11834 Re-mail the current message.
11835 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
11836 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
11837 you." t nil)
11838
11839 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
11840 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
11841
11842 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
11843 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
11844
11845 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
11846 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11847
11848 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
11849 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11850
11851 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
11852 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
11853 Works by overstriking characters.
11854 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11855 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11856
11857 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
11858 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
11859 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11860 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11861
11862 ;;;***
11863 \f
11864 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
11865 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
11866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
11867
11868 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11869 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
11870 Special commands:
11871 \\{meta-mode-map}
11872
11873 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
11874 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11875
11876 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11877 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
11878 Special commands:
11879 \\{meta-mode-map}
11880
11881 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
11882 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11883
11884 ;;;***
11885 \f
11886 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
11887 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
11888 ;;;;;; (14861 58026))
11889 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
11890
11891 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
11892 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11893 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11894
11895 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
11896 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11897 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11898 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11899 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11900 redisplayed as output is inserted.
11901 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11902
11903 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
11904 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
11905 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11906 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11907 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11908 means current).
11909 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11910 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11911
11912 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
11913 Process current region through 'metamail'.
11914 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11915 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11916 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11917 means current).
11918 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11919 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11920
11921 ;;;***
11922 \f
11923 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
11924 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15394 11401))
11925 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
11926
11927 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
11928 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
11929 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11930 to the MH mail system.
11931
11932 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11933
11934 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
11935 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
11936 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11937 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
11938 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
11939 that want to create a mail buffer.
11940 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
11941
11942 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
11943 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
11944 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11945 to the MH mail system.
11946
11947 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11948
11949 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
11950 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
11951 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
11952 using the MH mail handling system.
11953 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
11954 messages.
11955
11956 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
11957
11958 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
11959
11960 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
11961 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
11962 the yanked message.
11963
11964 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
11965 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
11966 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
11967 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
11968 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
11969
11970 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
11971 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
11972 inserted in a draft letter.
11973
11974 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
11975 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
11976
11977 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
11978
11979 ;;;***
11980 \f
11981 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15394
11982 ;;;;;; 11455))
11983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
11984
11985 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
11986 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
11987 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11988 to the MH mail system." t nil)
11989
11990 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
11991 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
11992
11993 ;;;***
11994 \f
11995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15185 62673))
11996 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
11997
11998 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
11999 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
12000
12001 ;;;***
12002 \f
12003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15400 24719))
12004 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
12005
12006 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12007
12008 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12009
12010 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12011
12012 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12013
12014 ;;;***
12015 \f
12016 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
12017 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15185 62672))
12018 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
12019
12020 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
12021 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
12022 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
12023 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
12024 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
12025 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
12026 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
12027 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
12028 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
12029 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
12030 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
12031
12032 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
12033 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
12034 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
12035 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
12036
12037 ;;;***
12038 \f
12039 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
12040 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15381 46814))
12041 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
12042
12043 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
12044 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
12045 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12046 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12047 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
12048
12049 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12050
12051 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
12052
12053 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
12054 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
12055 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
12056 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
12057 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
12058 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
12059 default indication.
12060
12061 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12062 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
12063
12064 ;;;***
12065 \f
12066 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
12067 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
12068 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
12069
12070 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
12071 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
12072 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
12073 the entire message.
12074 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
12075
12076 ;;;***
12077 \f
12078 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
12079 ;;;;;; (15216 151))
12080 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
12081
12082 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
12083 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil)
12084
12085 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
12086 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil)
12087
12088 ;;;***
12089 \f
12090 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
12091 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
12092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
12093
12094 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
12095 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
12096 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
12097 followed by the first character of the construct.
12098 \\<m2-mode-map>
12099 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
12100 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
12101 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
12102 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
12103 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
12104 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
12105 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
12106 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
12107 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
12108 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
12109 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
12110 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
12111 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
12112 \\[m2-link] link
12113
12114 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
12115 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
12116 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
12117
12118 ;;;***
12119 \f
12120 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
12121 ;;;;;; (15186 44923))
12122 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
12123
12124 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
12125 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
12126
12127 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
12128 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
12129
12130 ;;;***
12131 \f
12132 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15363
12133 ;;;;;; 46804))
12134 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
12135
12136 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
12137 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
12138 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12139 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
12140
12141 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
12142
12143 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
12144
12145 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
12146
12147 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
12148 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
12149 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
12150 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
12151 Triple-clicking selects lines.
12152 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
12153
12154 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
12155 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
12156 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
12157 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
12158 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
12159
12160 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
12161 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
12162
12163 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
12164 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
12165
12166 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
12167
12168 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
12169 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
12170 primary selection and region." t nil)
12171
12172 ;;;***
12173 \f
12174 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15572 475))
12175 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
12176
12177 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
12178 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
12179
12180 ;;;***
12181 \f
12182 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15577 18154))
12183 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
12184
12185 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
12186 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
12187 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12188 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12189 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
12190
12191 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12192
12193 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
12194
12195 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
12196 Toggle Msb mode.
12197 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12198 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
12199 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
12200
12201 ;;;***
12202 \f
12203 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
12204 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
12205 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
12206 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
12207 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
12208 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15556 13128))
12209 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
12210
12211 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
12212 Display a list of all character sets.
12213
12214 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
12215 internal Emacs use.
12216
12217 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
12218 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
12219 hexadecimal digits.
12220 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
12221 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
12222
12223 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
12224 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
12225 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
12226 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
12227
12228 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12229 but still shows the full information." t nil)
12230
12231 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
12232 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
12233 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
12234 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
12235 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
12236
12237 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
12238 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
12239 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
12240 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
12241 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
12242
12243 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
12244 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
12245 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
12246 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
12247 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'." t nil)
12248
12249 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
12250 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET." t nil)
12251
12252 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
12253 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
12254 POS defaults to point.
12255 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
12256 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
12257 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
12258
12259 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12260 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
12261
12262 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
12263 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
12264
12265 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
12266 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
12267 in place of `..':
12268 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12269 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12270 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
12271 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
12272 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
12273 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
12274 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12275 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12276 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12277 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12278 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12279 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12280 `default-process-coding-system' for read
12281 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
12282 `default-process-coding-system' for write
12283 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
12284
12285 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12286 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
12287
12288 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
12289 Display a list of all coding systems.
12290 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
12291
12292 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12293 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
12294
12295 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
12296 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
12297
12298 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
12299 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
12300
12301 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
12302 Display information about FONTSET.
12303 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
12304
12305 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
12306 Display a list of all fontsets.
12307 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
12308 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
12309 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
12310
12311 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
12312 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
12313
12314 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
12315 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
12316
12317 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
12318 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
12319 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
12320 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
12321
12322 ;;;***
12323 \f
12324 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
12325 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
12326 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
12327 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
12328 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
12329 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
12330 ;;;;;; (15387 32159))
12331 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
12332
12333 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
12334 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
12335 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
12336
12337 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
12338 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
12339
12340 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
12341 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
12342
12343 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
12344 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
12345
12346 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
12347 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
12348 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
12349 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
12350 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
12351
12352 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
12353 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
12354 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
12355 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
12356 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
12357
12358 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
12359 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
12360
12361 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
12362
12363 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
12364 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
12365
12366 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
12367 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
12368 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
12369
12370 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
12371 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
12372 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
12373
12374 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12375 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
12376 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
12377 is considered.
12378 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
12379 longer than KEYSEQ.
12380 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
12381
12382 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12383 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
12384 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
12385 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
12386 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
12387 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
12388 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
12389 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
12390 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
12391 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
12392 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
12393
12394 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
12395 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
12396
12397 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12398 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property." nil nil)
12399
12400 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12401 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property." nil nil)
12402
12403 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
12404 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property." nil nil)
12405
12406 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
12407 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property." nil nil)
12408
12409 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
12410 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
12411 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
12412 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
12413
12414 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
12415 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
12416 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
12417 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
12418
12419 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
12420 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
12421 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
12422 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
12423
12424 ;;;***
12425 \f
12426 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
12427 ;;;;;; (15572 25213))
12428 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
12429
12430 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
12431 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
12432 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12433 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12434 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
12435
12436 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12437
12438 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
12439
12440 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
12441 Toggle mouse wheel support.
12442 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12443 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
12444
12445 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
12446 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
12447
12448 ;;;***
12449 \f
12450 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
12451 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
12452 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
12453 ;;;;;; (15416 26762))
12454 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
12455
12456 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
12457 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
12458
12459 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
12460 Ping HOST.
12461 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
12462 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
12463
12464 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
12465 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
12466
12467 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
12468
12469 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
12470 Run netstat program." t nil)
12471
12472 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
12473 Run the arp program." t nil)
12474
12475 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
12476 Run the route program." t nil)
12477
12478 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
12479 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
12480
12481 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
12482 Run nslookup program." t nil)
12483
12484 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
12485 Run dig program." t nil)
12486
12487 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
12488 Run ftp program." t nil)
12489
12490 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
12491 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
12492
12493 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
12494 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
12495 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
12496 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
12497
12498 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
12499
12500 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
12501 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
12502
12503 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
12504 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
12505
12506 ;;;***
12507 \f
12508 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
12509 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
12510 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
12511 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
12512 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (15566 54821))
12513 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
12514
12515 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
12516
12517 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
12518
12519 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
12520
12521 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
12522
12523 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
12524
12525 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
12526 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
12527 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
12528 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
12529 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
12530 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
12531
12532 (defvar comment-start nil "\
12533 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
12534
12535 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
12536 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
12537 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
12538 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
12539
12540 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
12541 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
12542
12543 (defvar comment-end "" "\
12544 *String to insert to end a new comment.
12545 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
12546
12547 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
12548 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
12549 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
12550 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
12551 column indentation or nil.
12552 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
12553
12554 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
12555 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
12556 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
12557
12558 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
12559 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
12560 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
12561 of the corresponding number of spaces.
12562
12563 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
12564 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
12565
12566 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
12567 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
12568 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
12569
12570 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" nil nil nil)
12571
12572 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
12573 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
12574
12575 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
12576 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
12577 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil)
12578
12579 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
12580 Set the comment column based on point.
12581 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
12582 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
12583 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
12584 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
12585
12586 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
12587 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
12588 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
12589
12590 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12591 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
12592 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
12593 comment markers." t nil)
12594
12595 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
12596 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
12597 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
12598 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
12599 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
12600 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
12601 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
12602 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
12603
12604 The strings used as comment starts are built from
12605 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
12606
12607 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12608 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
12609 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
12610 is passed on to the respective function." t nil)
12611
12612 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
12613 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
12614 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
12615 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
12616 case it calls `uncomment-region').
12617 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
12618 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
12619 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
12620
12621 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
12622 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
12623 This indents the body of the continued comment
12624 under the previous comment line.
12625
12626 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
12627 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
12628 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
12629
12630 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
12631 or comment indentation.
12632
12633 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
12634 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
12635
12636 ;;;***
12637 \f
12638 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14857
12639 ;;;;;; 57188))
12640 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
12641
12642 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
12643 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
12644 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
12645 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
12646 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
12647 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
12648
12649 ;;;***
12650 \f
12651 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
12652 ;;;;;; (15542 20588))
12653 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
12654
12655 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
12656 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
12657 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
12658
12659 ;;;***
12660 \f
12661 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
12662 ;;;;;; (14858 45538))
12663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
12664
12665 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
12666 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
12667 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
12668
12669 ;;;***
12670 \f
12671 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
12672 ;;;;;; (15538 8229))
12673 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
12674
12675 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
12676 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
12677
12678 ;;;***
12679 \f
12680 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
12681 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14791 27653))
12682 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
12683
12684 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
12685 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
12686
12687 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12688 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
12689
12690 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12691 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
12692
12693 ;;;***
12694 \f
12695 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
12696 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15513 5696))
12697 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
12698
12699 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
12700 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
12701 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
12702
12703 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
12704
12705 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
12706 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
12707 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12708 to future sessions." t nil)
12709
12710 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
12711 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
12712 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12713 to future sessions." t nil)
12714
12715 ;;;***
12716 \f
12717 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
12718 ;;;;;; (15293 32589))
12719 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
12720
12721 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
12722 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
12723 \\{nroff-mode-map}
12724 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
12725 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
12726 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
12727
12728 ;;;***
12729 \f
12730 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
12731 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
12732 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
12733
12734 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
12735 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
12736 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
12737 specified by `octave-help-files'.
12738 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
12739
12740 ;;;***
12741 \f
12742 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
12743 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
12744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
12745
12746 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
12747 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
12748 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
12749
12750 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
12751
12752 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
12753 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
12754
12755 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
12756 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
12757 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
12758
12759 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
12760
12761 ;;;***
12762 \f
12763 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
12764 ;;;;;; (15407 37706))
12765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
12766
12767 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
12768 Major mode for editing Octave code.
12769
12770 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
12771 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
12772 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
12773 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
12774
12775 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
12776 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
12777 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
12778 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
12779 is why you need this mode!).
12780
12781 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
12782 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
12783 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
12784
12785 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
12786
12787 Keybindings
12788 ===========
12789
12790 \\{octave-mode-map}
12791
12792 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
12793 ==============================================
12794
12795 octave-auto-indent
12796 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
12797 Default is nil.
12798
12799 octave-auto-newline
12800 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
12801 Default is nil.
12802
12803 octave-blink-matching-block
12804 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
12805 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
12806
12807 octave-block-offset
12808 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
12809 Default is 2.
12810
12811 octave-continuation-offset
12812 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
12813 Default is 4.
12814
12815 octave-continuation-string
12816 String used for Octave continuation lines.
12817 Default is a backslash.
12818
12819 octave-mode-startup-message
12820 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
12821 Default is t.
12822
12823 octave-send-echo-input
12824 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
12825 command to the inferior Octave process.
12826
12827 octave-send-line-auto-forward
12828 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
12829 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
12830
12831 octave-send-echo-input
12832 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
12833
12834 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
12835
12836 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
12837 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
12838
12839 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
12840 (setq auto-mode-alist
12841 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
12842
12843 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
12844 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
12845
12846 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
12847 (lambda ()
12848 (abbrev-mode 1)
12849 (auto-fill-mode 1)
12850 (if (eq window-system 'x)
12851 (font-lock-mode 1))))
12852
12853 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
12854 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
12855 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
12856 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
12857
12858 ;;;***
12859 \f
12860 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
12861 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
12862 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
12863
12864 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
12865 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
12866 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
12867
12868 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
12869 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
12870 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
12871 in which there are commands to set the option values.
12872 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
12873
12874 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
12875
12876 ;;;***
12877 \f
12878 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
12879 ;;;;;; (15369 59595))
12880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
12881
12882 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
12883 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
12884 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
12885 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
12886
12887 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
12888 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
12889 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
12890 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
12891
12892 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
12893 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
12894 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
12895 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
12896 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
12897 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
12898
12899 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
12900 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
12901
12902 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
12903 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
12904 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
12905 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
12906 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
12907 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
12908 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
12909 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
12910 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
12911 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
12912 The subheadings remain visible.
12913 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
12914
12915 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
12916 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
12917 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
12918
12919 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
12920 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
12921
12922 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
12923 Toggle Outline minor mode.
12924 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12925 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
12926
12927 ;;;***
12928 \f
12929 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15500 30068))
12930 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
12931
12932 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
12933 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
12934 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12935 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12936 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
12937
12938 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12939
12940 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
12941
12942 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
12943 Toggle Show Paren mode.
12944 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12945 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
12946
12947 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
12948 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
12949
12950 ;;;***
12951 \f
12952 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15465
12953 ;;;;;; 21182))
12954 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
12955
12956 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
12957 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
12958 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12959
12960 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
12961 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
12962
12963 Other useful functions are:
12964
12965 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
12966 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
12967 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
12968 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
12969 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
12970 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
12971 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
12972 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
12973 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
12974
12975 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
12976
12977 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
12978 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
12979 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
12980 Indentation for case statements.
12981 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
12982 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
12983 mark after an end.
12984 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
12985 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
12986 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
12987 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
12988 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12989 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
12990 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
12991 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
12992 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
12993 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
12994
12995 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
12996 pascal-separator-keywords.
12997
12998 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
12999 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13000
13001 ;;;***
13002 \f
13003 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
13004 ;;;;;; (15214 27238))
13005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
13006
13007 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
13008 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
13009 The keys affected are:
13010 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
13011 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
13012 M-Backspace does undo.
13013 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
13014 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
13015 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
13016
13017 ;;;***
13018 \f
13019 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
13020 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15509 28072))
13021 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
13022
13023 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
13024 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
13025 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13026 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13027 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
13028
13029 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13030
13031 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
13032
13033 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
13034 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
13035
13036 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
13037
13038 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
13039 which modify the status of the mark.
13040
13041 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
13042 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
13043
13044 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
13045 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
13046
13047 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
13048 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
13049 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
13050 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
13051 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
13052
13053 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
13054 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
13055
13056 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
13057 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
13058 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
13059
13060 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
13061 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
13062 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
13063
13064 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
13065 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
13066
13067 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
13068 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
13069 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
13070
13071 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
13072 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
13073 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
13074
13075 F6 other-window
13076 DELETE delete-char
13077 C-DELETE kill-line
13078 M-DELETE kill-word
13079 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
13080 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
13081 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
13082
13083 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
13084 Toggle PC Selection mode.
13085 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
13086 and cursor movement commands.
13087 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
13088 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
13089
13090 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13091
13092 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
13093
13094 ;;;***
13095 \f
13096 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15185
13097 ;;;;;; 62672))
13098 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
13099
13100 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
13101 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
13102
13103 ;;;***
13104 \f
13105 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
13106 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15185 62672))
13107 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
13108
13109 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13110 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
13111
13112 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13113 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
13114
13115 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13116 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
13117
13118 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13119 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
13120
13121 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
13122
13123 ;;;***
13124 \f
13125 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
13126 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15185 62672))
13127 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
13128
13129 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13130 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
13131
13132 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13133 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
13134
13135 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13136 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
13137
13138 ;;;***
13139 \f
13140 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15185
13141 ;;;;;; 62672))
13142 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
13143
13144 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
13145 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
13146 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
13147 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
13148 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
13149 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
13150
13151 ;;;***
13152 \f
13153 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
13154 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
13155 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15185 62672))
13156 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
13157
13158 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13159 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
13160
13161 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
13162
13163 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13164 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
13165
13166 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13167 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
13168
13169 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13170 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
13171
13172 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
13173
13174 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13175 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
13176
13177 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13178 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
13179
13180 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13181 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
13182
13183 ;;;***
13184 \f
13185 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
13186 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
13187 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15500
13188 ;;;;;; 12111))
13189 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
13190
13191 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
13192 Support extensible programmable completion.
13193 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
13194 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
13195
13196 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
13197 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
13198
13199 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
13200 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13201 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13202
13203 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
13204 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
13205
13206 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
13207 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13208 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13209
13210 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
13211 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
13212
13213 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
13214 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
13215
13216 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13217 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
13218 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
13219 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
13220 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
13221
13222 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13223 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
13224
13225 ;;;***
13226 \f
13227 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
13228 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
13229 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15531 13380))
13230 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
13231
13232 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
13233 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
13234 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
13235 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13236
13237 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
13238
13239 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
13240 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
13241 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
13242 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13243 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13244 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
13245 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
13246
13247 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
13248 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
13249 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
13250 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13251 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13252 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13253 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13254 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13255
13256 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
13257 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13258 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13259 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13260 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13261 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
13262
13263 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
13264 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13265 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13266 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13267 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13268 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13269 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13270
13271 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
13272
13273 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
13274 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
13275 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
13276
13277 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
13278 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
13279 nil means never do it.
13280 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
13281 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
13282 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
13283
13284 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
13285 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
13286 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
13287
13288 ;;;***
13289 \f
13290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15394 12580))
13291 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
13292
13293 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
13294
13295 ;;;***
13296 \f
13297 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
13298 ;;;;;; (15437 4642))
13299 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
13300
13301 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
13302 Major mode for editing Perl code.
13303 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
13304 Tab indents for Perl code.
13305 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
13306 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13307 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13308 \\{perl-mode-map}
13309 Variables controlling indentation style:
13310 `perl-tab-always-indent'
13311 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
13312 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13313 `perl-tab-to-comment'
13314 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
13315 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
13316 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
13317 `perl-nochange'
13318 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
13319 `perl-indent-level'
13320 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
13321 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13322 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13323 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
13324 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13325 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13326 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
13327 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13328 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
13329 `perl-brace-offset'
13330 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13331 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
13332 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13333 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13334 `perl-label-offset'
13335 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
13336 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
13337 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
13338
13339 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
13340 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
13341 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
13342 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
13343 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
13344 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
13345 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
13346
13347 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
13348
13349 ;;;***
13350 \f
13351 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
13352 ;;;;;; (15504 26112))
13353 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
13354
13355 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
13356 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
13357 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
13358 afterwards settable by these commands:
13359 C-c < Move left after insertion.
13360 C-c > Move right after insertion.
13361 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
13362 C-c . Move down after insertion.
13363 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
13364 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
13365 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
13366 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
13367 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
13368 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
13369 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
13370 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
13371 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
13372 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
13373 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
13374 with these commands:
13375 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
13376 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
13377 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
13378 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
13379 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
13380 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
13381 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
13382 Return Move to beginning of next line.
13383 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
13384 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
13385 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
13386 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
13387 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
13388 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
13389 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
13390 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
13391 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
13392 You can manipulate text with these commands:
13393 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
13394 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
13395 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
13396 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
13397 text is saved in the kill ring.
13398 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
13399 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
13400 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
13401 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
13402 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
13403 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
13404 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
13405 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
13406 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
13407 commands if invoked soon enough.
13408 You can return to the previous mode with:
13409 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
13410 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
13411
13412 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
13413
13414 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
13415 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
13416
13417 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
13418
13419 ;;;***
13420 \f
13421 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
13422 ;;;;;; (15507 32977))
13423 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
13424
13425 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
13426 Return a Mule (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file charset.
13427 Called through file-coding-system-alist, before the file is visited for real." nil nil)
13428
13429 ;;;***
13430 \f
13431 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15457 7212))
13432 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
13433
13434 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
13435 Play pong and waste time.
13436 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
13437 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
13438
13439 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
13440
13441 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
13442
13443 ;;;***
13444 \f
13445 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
13446 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15467 59919))
13447 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
13448
13449 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
13450 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
13451 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
13452 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible." nil nil)
13453
13454 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
13455 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
13456 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
13457 can handle, whenever this is possible.
13458 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
13459
13460 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
13461 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
13462 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
13463 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
13464 in the variable `values'." t nil)
13465
13466 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
13467 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
13468 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
13469 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
13470
13471 ;;;***
13472 \f
13473 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
13474 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
13475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
13476
13477 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
13478 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
13479 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
13480 Commands:
13481 \\{prolog-mode-map}
13482 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
13483 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13484
13485 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
13486 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
13487
13488 ;;;***
13489 \f
13490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15272 24982))
13491 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
13492
13493 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
13494 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
13495 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
13496
13497 ;;;***
13498 \f
13499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15490 41428))
13500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
13501 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t)
13502
13503 ;;;***
13504 \f
13505 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
13506 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
13507 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
13508 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15272 45416))
13509 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
13510
13511 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
13512 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
13513
13514 Valid values are:
13515
13516 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
13517 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
13518 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
13519 changed by setting the variable
13520 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
13521 The initial value of this variable is
13522 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
13523 documentation).
13524
13525 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
13526 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
13527 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
13528 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
13529 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
13530 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
13531 test it.
13532
13533 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
13534 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
13535 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
13536 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
13537 source file. BDF fonts are included in
13538 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
13539 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
13540 use this value, be sure to have installed
13541 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
13542 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
13543 documentation of this variable).
13544
13545 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
13546 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
13547 characters. This is convenient when you want or
13548 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
13549 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
13550 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
13551
13552 Any other value is treated as nil.")
13553
13554 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
13555 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
13556 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
13557
13558 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13559
13560 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
13561 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
13562
13563 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
13564
13565 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13566
13567 Returns the value:
13568
13569 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13570
13571 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13572 the sequence." nil nil)
13573
13574 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
13575 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
13576
13577 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
13578 composition.
13579
13580 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13581
13582 Returns the value:
13583
13584 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13585
13586 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13587 the sequence." nil nil)
13588
13589 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
13590 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
13591
13592 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
13593 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
13594 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
13595
13596 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
13597 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
13598
13599 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
13600 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
13601 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
13602
13603 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13604
13605 ;;;***
13606 \f
13607 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
13608 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
13609 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
13610 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
13611 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
13612 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15564 39433))
13613 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
13614
13615 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
13616 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
13617 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
13618 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
13619
13620 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
13621 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
13622
13623 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13624 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13625
13626 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13627 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
13628 sending it to the printer.
13629
13630 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13631 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13632 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13633
13634 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13635 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13636 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13637 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13638 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13639
13640 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
13641 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13642 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
13643
13644 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13645 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13646 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13647 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13648 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13649
13650 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13651 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13652 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
13653 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
13654
13655 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13656
13657 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13658 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13659 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13660 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13661 so it has a way to determine color values.
13662
13663 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13664
13665 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
13666 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13667 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
13668
13669 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13670
13671 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13672 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13673 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13674 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13675 so it has a way to determine color values.
13676
13677 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13678
13679 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
13680 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
13681
13682 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13683 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
13684 instead of sending it to the printer.
13685
13686 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13687 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13688 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13689
13690 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
13691 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
13692 current ps-print setup.
13693 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
13694 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
13695
13696 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13697 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
13698 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13699
13700 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
13701 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
13702 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13703
13704 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
13705 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
13706
13707 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
13708 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13709
13710 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
13711 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13712
13713 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13714 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13715
13716 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
13717
13718 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
13719
13720 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
13721 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13722
13723 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
13724 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13725
13726 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13727 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13728
13729 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
13730
13731 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
13732
13733 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
13734
13735 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
13736 foreground and background colors respectively.
13737
13738 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
13739 bold - use bold font.
13740 italic - use italic font.
13741 underline - put a line under text.
13742 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
13743 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
13744 shadow - text will have a shadow.
13745 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
13746 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
13747
13748 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
13749
13750 ;;;***
13751 \f
13752 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
13753 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
13754 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
13755 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
13756 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15453 4573))
13757 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
13758
13759 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
13760 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
13761
13762 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
13763 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
13764 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
13765
13766 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
13767 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil)
13768
13769 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
13770 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
13771 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
13772 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
13773 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
13774 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
13775 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
13776
13777 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
13778 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
13779 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
13780 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
13781 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
13782 shown.
13783 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
13784
13785 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
13786 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
13787 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
13788 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
13789 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
13790 list of candidates.
13791
13792 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
13793 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
13794 command to be called.
13795
13796 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
13797 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
13798 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
13799 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
13800
13801 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
13802 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
13803 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
13804 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
13805 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
13806 to t.
13807
13808 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
13809 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
13810 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
13811 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
13812
13813 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
13814 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
13815 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
13816 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
13817
13818 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
13819 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
13820 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
13821 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
13822 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
13823 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
13824
13825 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
13826 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
13827 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
13828 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
13829 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
13830 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
13831
13832 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
13833 covers Quail translation region.
13834
13835 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
13836 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
13837 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
13838 for it) is inserted.
13839
13840 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
13841 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
13842 vs. corresponding command to be called.
13843
13844 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
13845 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
13846 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
13847
13848 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13849 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
13850
13851 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
13852 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
13853 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
13854 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
13855 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
13856
13857 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13858 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
13859
13860 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
13861 keyboard type." t nil)
13862
13863 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
13864 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
13865 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
13866 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13867 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
13868 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13869 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13870 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13871 for the translation.
13872 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13873
13874 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13875 it is used to handle KEY.
13876
13877 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
13878 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
13879 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
13880 the following annotation types are supported.
13881
13882 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
13883 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
13884
13885 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
13886 candidate list.
13887
13888 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
13889 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
13890 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
13891 inserted.
13892
13893 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
13894 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
13895
13896 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
13897 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
13898
13899 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13900 which to install MAP.
13901
13902 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
13903
13904 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
13905 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
13906
13907 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13908 which to install MAP.
13909
13910 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
13911
13912 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
13913 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
13914 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13915 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
13916 a function, or a cons.
13917 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13918 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13919 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13920 for the translation.
13921 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
13922 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
13923 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
13924 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
13925 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13926
13927 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13928 it is used to handle KEY.
13929
13930 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
13931 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
13932 current Quail package.
13933
13934 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
13935 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
13936
13937 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
13938 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
13939
13940 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
13941 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
13942
13943 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
13944
13945 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
13946 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
13947
13948 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
13949 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
13950 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
13951 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
13952 of the Emacs source tree.
13953
13954 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
13955 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
13956
13957 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
13958 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
13959 of each directory." t nil)
13960
13961 ;;;***
13962 \f
13963 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
13964 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
13965 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15186
13966 ;;;;;; 56483))
13967 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
13968
13969 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
13970 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
13971 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
13972 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
13973
13974 To make use of this do something like:
13975
13976 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
13977
13978 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
13979
13980 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
13981 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
13982
13983 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
13984 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13985 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13986
13987 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
13988 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
13989
13990 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
13991 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
13992
13993 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
13994 is decided." t nil)
13995
13996 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
13997 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
13998
13999 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
14000 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
14001 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
14002
14003 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
14004 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
14005
14006 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
14007 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
14008
14009 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
14010 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
14011
14012 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
14013
14014 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
14015
14016 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
14017 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
14018
14019 ;;;***
14020 \f
14021 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15425
14022 ;;;;;; 23455))
14023 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
14024
14025 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
14026 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
14027 See \\[compile]." t nil)
14028
14029 ;;;***
14030 \f
14031 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
14032 ;;;;;; (15357 4420))
14033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
14034
14035 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
14036 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
14037
14038 ;;;***
14039 \f
14040 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
14041 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
14042 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15565 33514))
14043 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
14044
14045 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
14046 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
14047
14048 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
14049 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
14050
14051 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
14052 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
14053
14054 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
14055 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
14056 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
14057 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
14058 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
14059
14060 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
14061 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
14062
14063 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
14064 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
14065 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14066 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14067 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
14068
14069 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14070
14071 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
14072
14073 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
14074 Toggle recentf mode.
14075 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14076 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14077
14078 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
14079 were operated on recently." t nil)
14080
14081 ;;;***
14082 \f
14083 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
14084 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
14085 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
14086 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15576
14087 ;;;;;; 11370))
14088 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
14089
14090 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
14091 Obsolete. Use `move-to-column'.
14092 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
14093 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
14094 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
14095
14096 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
14097 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
14098 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
14099 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
14100 ends.
14101
14102 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14103 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
14104 to be deleted." t nil)
14105
14106 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
14107 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
14108 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
14109
14110 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14111 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
14112 deleted." nil nil)
14113
14114 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
14115 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
14116 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
14117
14118 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
14119 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
14120
14121 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14122 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
14123
14124 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
14125 deleted." t nil)
14126
14127 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
14128 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
14129
14130 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
14131 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
14132 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
14133 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
14134 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
14135 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
14136 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
14137
14138 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
14139 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
14140
14141 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
14142 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
14143
14144 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14145 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
14146 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
14147
14148 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
14149
14150 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
14151 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
14152 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
14153 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
14154 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
14155
14156 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14157 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
14158
14159 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
14160 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
14161 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
14162
14163 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
14164
14165 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
14166
14167 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
14168 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
14169
14170 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14171 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
14172 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
14173
14174 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
14175 Blank out the region-rectangle.
14176 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
14177
14178 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14179 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
14180 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
14181
14182 ;;;***
14183 \f
14184 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15396
14185 ;;;;;; 31658))
14186 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
14187
14188 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
14189 Toggle Refill minor mode.
14190 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
14191
14192 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
14193 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
14194 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
14195
14196 ;;;***
14197 \f
14198 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
14199 ;;;;;; (15186 39912))
14200 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
14201
14202 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
14203 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
14204
14205 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
14206 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
14207
14208 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
14209 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
14210
14211 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
14212 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
14213 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
14214 \\ref macro.
14215
14216 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
14217 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
14218 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
14219
14220 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
14221 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
14222 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
14223
14224 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
14225 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
14226
14227 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
14228 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
14229
14230 \\{reftex-mode-map}
14231 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
14232 on the menu bar.
14233
14234 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
14235
14236 ;;;***
14237 \f
14238 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
14239 ;;;;;; (15186 39912))
14240 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
14241
14242 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
14243 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
14244 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
14245 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
14246 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
14247 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
14248
14249 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
14250
14251 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
14252
14253 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
14254 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
14255 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
14256 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
14257
14258 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
14259 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
14260 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
14261 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
14262
14263 ;;;***
14264 \f
14265 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
14266 ;;;;;; (15369 62712))
14267 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
14268
14269 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
14270 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
14271 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
14272
14273 To insert new phrases, use
14274 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
14275 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
14276
14277 To index phrases use one of:
14278
14279 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
14280 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
14281 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
14282 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
14283 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
14284
14285 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
14286 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
14287
14288 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
14289
14290 Here are all local bindings.
14291
14292 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
14293
14294 ;;;***
14295 \f
14296 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
14297 ;;;;;; (15419 36726))
14298 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
14299
14300 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
14301 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
14302 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
14303 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
14304 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
14305 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
14306
14307 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
14308 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
14309
14310 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
14311 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
14312
14313 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
14314 Return the depth of REGEXP.
14315 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
14316 in REGEXP." nil nil)
14317
14318 ;;;***
14319 \f
14320 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15182 61046))
14321 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
14322
14323 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
14324 Repeat most recently executed command.
14325 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
14326 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
14327 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
14328
14329 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
14330 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
14331 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
14332
14333 ;;;***
14334 \f
14335 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
14336 ;;;;;; (15356 45077))
14337 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
14338
14339 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
14340 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
14341
14342 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
14343 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
14344 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
14345 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
14346 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
14347 and point is left after the salutation.
14348
14349 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
14350 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
14351 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
14352 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
14353 left after that text.
14354
14355 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
14356 is non-nil.
14357
14358 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
14359 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
14360 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
14361 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
14362
14363 ;;;***
14364 \f
14365 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
14366 ;;;;;; (15363 54485))
14367 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
14368
14369 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
14370 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
14371 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
14372 visibility of comments that precede it.
14373 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
14374 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
14375 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
14376 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
14377 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
14378 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
14379 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
14380 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
14381 the comment lines.
14382 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
14383 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
14384 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
14385 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
14386 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
14387 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
14388
14389 ;;;***
14390 \f
14391 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
14392 ;;;;;; 50658))
14393 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
14394
14395 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
14396 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
14397
14398 ;;;***
14399 \f
14400 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
14401 ;;;;;; (15400 24203))
14402 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
14403
14404 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14405 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
14406 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14407
14408 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14409 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14410 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14411
14412 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
14413 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
14414 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14415 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14416 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
14417
14418 (custom-add-to-group (quote global-reveal) (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14419
14420 (custom-add-load (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote reveal))
14421
14422 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14423 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
14424 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14425
14426 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14427 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14428 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14429
14430 ;;;***
14431 \f
14432 ;;;### (autoloads (read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties
14433 ;;;;;; read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow"
14434 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" (15577 18154))
14435 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
14436
14437 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties (quote (face read-file-name-electric-shadow field shadow)) "\
14438 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14439 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active.
14440 If emacs is not running under a window system,
14441 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
14442
14443 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
14444 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14445 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
14446 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
14447 system, `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
14448
14449 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode nil "\
14450 Non-nil if Read-File-Name-Electric-Shadow mode is enabled.
14451 See the command `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14452 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14453 use either \\[customize] or the function `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode'.")
14454
14455 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14456
14457 (custom-add-load (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow))
14458
14459 (autoload (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
14460 Toggle Read-File-Name Electric Shadow mode.
14461 When active, any part of the filename being read in the minibuffer
14462 that would be ignored because the result is passed through
14463 `substitute-in-file-name' is given the properties in
14464 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
14465 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
14466
14467 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14468 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
14469
14470 ;;;***
14471 \f
14472 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
14473 ;;;;;; (14632 7438))
14474 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
14475
14476 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
14477 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
14478
14479 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
14480 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
14481
14482 ;;;***
14483 \f
14484 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15504 36563))
14485 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
14486 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14487
14488 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
14489 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
14490 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
14491 other arguments for `rlogin'.
14492
14493 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
14494
14495 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
14496 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
14497 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
14498 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
14499
14500 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
14501 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
14502
14503 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
14504 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
14505
14506 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
14507 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
14508 INPUT-ARGS.
14509
14510 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
14511 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
14512 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
14513 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
14514 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
14515
14516 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
14517 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
14518 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
14519 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
14520
14521 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
14522 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
14523 variable." t nil)
14524
14525 ;;;***
14526 \f
14527 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
14528 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
14529 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
14530 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
14531 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
14532 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
14533 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15574 49295))
14534 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
14535
14536 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
14537 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
14538 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
14539 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
14540
14541 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
14542 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
14543 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
14544 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
14545 value is the user's email address and name.)
14546 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
14547
14548 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
14549 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
14550 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
14551 which normally happens once for each message,
14552 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
14553 To make a change in this variable take effect
14554 for a message that you have already viewed,
14555 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
14556
14557 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
14558 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
14559 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
14560 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
14561
14562 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
14563 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
14564
14565 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
14566 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
14567 A value of nil means don't highlight.
14568 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
14569
14570 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
14571 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
14572
14573 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
14574 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
14575
14576 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
14577 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
14578 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
14579 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
14580 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
14581
14582 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
14583 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
14584
14585 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
14586 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
14587
14588 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
14589 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
14590
14591 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
14592 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
14593
14594 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
14595 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
14596
14597 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
14598 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
14599
14600 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
14601 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
14602
14603 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
14604 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
14605
14606 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
14607 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
14608 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
14609 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
14610
14611 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
14612 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
14613
14614 This is set to nil by default.")
14615
14616 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
14617 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
14618 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
14619 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
14620 until a user explicitly requires it.")
14621
14622 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
14623 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
14624 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14625 It is called with no argument.")
14626
14627 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
14628 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
14629 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
14630 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
14631 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14632 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14633 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14634
14635 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
14636 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
14637 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14638 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14639 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14640 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14641
14642 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
14643 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
14644 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14645 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
14646 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
14647
14648 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
14649 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
14650 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14651 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
14652 MSG is the message number,
14653 REGEXP is the regular expression,
14654 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
14655
14656 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
14657 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
14658 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
14659 this feature is required with `require'.")
14660
14661 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
14662 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
14663 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
14664 the message is decoded as normal way.
14665
14666 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
14667 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
14668 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
14669
14670 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
14671 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
14672 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
14673
14674 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
14675 Read and edit incoming mail.
14676 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
14677 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
14678 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
14679
14680 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
14681 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
14682 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
14683 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
14684
14685 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
14686
14687 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
14688 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
14689 All normal editing commands are turned off.
14690 Instead, these commands are available:
14691
14692 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
14693 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
14694 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
14695 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
14696 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
14697 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
14698 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
14699 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
14700 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
14701 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
14702 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
14703 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
14704 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
14705 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
14706 till a deleted message is found.
14707 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
14708 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
14709 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
14710 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
14711 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
14712 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
14713 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
14714 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
14715 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
14716 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
14717 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
14718 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
14719 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
14720 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
14721 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
14722 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
14723 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
14724 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
14725 (label defaults to last one specified).
14726 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
14727 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
14728 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
14729 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
14730 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
14731 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
14732 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
14733 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
14734 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
14735
14736 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
14737 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
14738
14739 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
14740 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
14741
14742 ;;;***
14743 \f
14744 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
14745 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
14746 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
14747
14748 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
14749 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
14750
14751 ;;;***
14752 \f
14753 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
14754 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
14755 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15185 49575))
14756 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
14757
14758 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14759 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14760 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14761
14762 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14763 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14764 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14765
14766 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
14767
14768 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14769 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
14770 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14771 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14772 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14773
14774 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14775 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
14776 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14777 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14778 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14779
14780 ;;;***
14781 \f
14782 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
14783 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
14784 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
14785
14786 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
14787 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
14788 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
14789 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
14790
14791 ;;;***
14792 \f
14793 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
14794 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
14795 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15575 18328))
14796 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
14797
14798 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
14799 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
14800 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
14801 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
14802 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
14803 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
14804 a file name as a string.")
14805
14806 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
14807 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
14808 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
14809 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
14810 buffer visiting that file.
14811 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
14812 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
14813
14814 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
14815 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14816
14817 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14818 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14819
14820 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
14821 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
14822
14823 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
14824 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
14825
14826 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
14827 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
14828 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14829 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14830 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
14831
14832 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
14833 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
14834 will be appended with their original headers.
14835
14836 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
14837 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14838
14839 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
14840 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
14841
14842 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
14843
14844 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
14845 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
14846 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
14847
14848 ;;;***
14849 \f
14850 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
14851 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
14852 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15185
14853 ;;;;;; 49575))
14854 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
14855
14856 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
14857 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
14858 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14859
14860 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
14861 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
14862 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14863
14864 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
14865 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
14866 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14867
14868 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
14869 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
14870 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14871
14872 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
14873 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
14874 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14875
14876 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
14877 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
14878 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14879
14880 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
14881 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
14882 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
14883 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
14884
14885 ;;;***
14886 \f
14887 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
14888 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
14889 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
14890 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
14891 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15479 52723))
14892 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
14893
14894 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
14895 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
14896
14897 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
14898 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
14899
14900 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
14901 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
14902
14903 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
14904 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
14905 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
14906
14907 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
14908 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
14909 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
14910 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14911 only look in the To and From fields.
14912 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14913
14914 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
14915 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
14916 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
14917 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
14918 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
14919
14920 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
14921 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
14922 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
14923 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14924 look in the whole message.
14925 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14926
14927 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
14928 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
14929 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
14930
14931 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
14932 *Function to decode summary-line.
14933
14934 By default, `identity' is set.")
14935
14936 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
14937 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
14938 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
14939 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
14940 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
14941 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
14942 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
14943
14944 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
14945 sent by you under different user names.
14946 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
14947
14948 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
14949
14950 ;;;***
14951 \f
14952 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
14953 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
14954 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
14955
14956 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
14957 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
14958 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
14959 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
14960
14961 ;;;***
14962 \f
14963 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
14964 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (15185 49574))
14965 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
14966
14967 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
14968 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
14969 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
14970
14971 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
14972 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
14973 in rot 13.
14974
14975 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
14976
14977 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
14978 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
14979
14980 ;;;***
14981 \f
14982 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
14983 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
14984 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
14985 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
14986 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
14987 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
14988
14989 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
14990 *This variable is obsolete.")
14991
14992 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14993
14994 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
14995
14996 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
14997 *This variable is obsolete.")
14998
14999 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
15000 *This variable is obsolete.")
15001
15002 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
15003 *This variable is obsolete.")
15004
15005 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
15006 *This variable is obsolete.")
15007
15008 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
15009 *This variable is obsolete.")
15010
15011 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
15012 This function is obsolete." t nil)
15013
15014 ;;;***
15015 \f
15016 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15433
15017 ;;;;;; 31797))
15018 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
15019
15020 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
15021 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0." t nil)
15022
15023 ;;;***
15024 \f
15025 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15288
15026 ;;;;;; 6955))
15027 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
15028
15029 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
15030 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
15031 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
15032 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil)
15033
15034 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
15035 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
15036 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
15037
15038 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
15039 notation.
15040
15041 STRING
15042 matches string STRING literally.
15043
15044 CHAR
15045 matches character CHAR literally.
15046
15047 `not-newline'
15048 matches any character except a newline.
15049 .
15050 `anything'
15051 matches any character
15052
15053 `(any SET)'
15054 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
15055 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
15056
15057 '(in SET)'
15058 like `any'.
15059
15060 `(not (any SET))'
15061 matches any character not in SET
15062
15063 `line-start'
15064 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
15065 in the text being matched
15066
15067 `line-end'
15068 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
15069
15070 `string-start'
15071 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
15072 string being matched against.
15073
15074 `string-end'
15075 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
15076 string being matched against.
15077
15078 `buffer-start'
15079 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
15080 buffer being matched against.
15081
15082 `buffer-end'
15083 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
15084 buffer being matched against.
15085
15086 `point'
15087 matches the empty string, but only at point.
15088
15089 `word-start'
15090 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
15091 word.
15092
15093 `word-end'
15094 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
15095
15096 `word-boundary'
15097 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
15098 word.
15099
15100 `(not word-boundary)'
15101 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
15102 word.
15103
15104 `digit'
15105 matches 0 through 9.
15106
15107 `control'
15108 matches ASCII control characters.
15109
15110 `hex-digit'
15111 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
15112
15113 `blank'
15114 matches space and tab only.
15115
15116 `graphic'
15117 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
15118 space, and DEL.
15119
15120 `printing'
15121 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
15122 and DEL.
15123
15124 `alphanumeric'
15125 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15126 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
15127
15128 `letter'
15129 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15130 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
15131
15132 `ascii'
15133 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
15134
15135 `nonascii'
15136 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
15137
15138 `lower'
15139 matches anything lower-case.
15140
15141 `upper'
15142 matches anything upper-case.
15143
15144 `punctuation'
15145 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15146 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
15147
15148 `space'
15149 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
15150
15151 `word'
15152 matches anything that has word syntax.
15153
15154 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
15155 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
15156 of the following symbols.
15157
15158 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
15159 `punctuation' (\\s.)
15160 `word' (\\sw)
15161 `symbol' (\\s_)
15162 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
15163 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
15164 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
15165 `string-quote' (\\s\")
15166 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
15167 `escape' (\\s\\)
15168 `character-quote' (\\s/)
15169 `comment-start' (\\s<)
15170 `comment-end' (\\s>)
15171
15172 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
15173 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
15174
15175 `(category CATEGORY)'
15176 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
15177 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
15178
15179 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
15180 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
15181 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
15182 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
15183 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
15184 `symbol' (\\c5)
15185 `digit' (\\c6)
15186 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
15187 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
15188 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
15189 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
15190 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
15191 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
15192 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
15193 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
15194 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
15195 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
15196 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
15197 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
15198 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
15199 `ascii' (\\ca)
15200 `arabic' (\\cb)
15201 `chinese' (\\cc)
15202 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
15203 `greek' (\\cg)
15204 `korean' (\\ch)
15205 `indian' (\\ci)
15206 `japanese' (\\cj)
15207 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
15208 `latin' (\\cl)
15209 `lao' (\\co)
15210 `tibetan' (\\cq)
15211 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
15212 `thai' (\\ct)
15213 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
15214 `hebrew' (\\cw)
15215 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
15216 `can-break' (\\c|)
15217
15218 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
15219 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
15220
15221 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15222 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
15223
15224 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15225 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
15226 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
15227
15228 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15229 another name for `submatch'.
15230
15231 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15232 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
15233 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
15234 regular expression.
15235
15236 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
15237 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
15238 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
15239 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
15240 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
15241
15242 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
15243 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
15244
15245 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
15246 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15247
15248 `(0+ SEXP)'
15249 like `zero-or-more'.
15250
15251 `(* SEXP)'
15252 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15253
15254 `(*? SEXP)'
15255 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15256
15257 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
15258 matches one or more occurrences of A.
15259
15260 `(1+ SEXP)'
15261 like `one-or-more'.
15262
15263 `(+ SEXP)'
15264 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15265
15266 `(+? SEXP)'
15267 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15268
15269 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
15270 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
15271
15272 `(optional SEXP)'
15273 like `zero-or-one'.
15274
15275 `(? SEXP)'
15276 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15277
15278 `(?? SEXP)'
15279 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15280
15281 `(repeat N SEXP)'
15282 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15283
15284 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
15285 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15286
15287 `(eval FORM)'
15288 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
15289 `regexp-quote' it.
15290
15291 `(regexp REGEXP)'
15292 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro))
15293
15294 ;;;***
15295 \f
15296 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
15297 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
15298 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
15299
15300 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
15301 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
15302 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15303
15304 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
15305 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
15306 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
15307 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
15308 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
15309 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
15310 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
15311 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
15312
15313 Commands:
15314 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15315 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15316 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15317 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
15318 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
15319
15320 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
15321 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
15322 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15323
15324 Commands:
15325 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15326 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15327 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15328 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
15329 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
15330 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
15331
15332 ;;;***
15333 \f
15334 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
15335 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
15336 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
15337
15338 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
15339 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
15340 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
15341
15342 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
15343
15344 ;;;***
15345 \f
15346 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15394
15347 ;;;;;; 10702))
15348 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
15349
15350 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
15351 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
15352 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
15353 \\{scribe-mode-map}
15354
15355 Interesting variables:
15356
15357 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
15358 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
15359
15360 `scribe-electric-quote'
15361 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
15362
15363 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
15364 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
15365 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
15366
15367 ;;;***
15368 \f
15369 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
15370 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15559 6000))
15371 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
15372
15373 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
15374 Control/track scroll locking.
15375
15376 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15377 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
15378
15379 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15380
15381 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
15382
15383 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
15384 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
15385
15386 ;;;***
15387 \f
15388 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
15389 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
15390 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
15391 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
15392 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
15393 ;;;;;; (15564 31133))
15394 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
15395
15396 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
15397 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
15398
15399 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
15400 king@grassland.com
15401 If `parens', they look like:
15402 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
15403 If `angles', they look like:
15404 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
15405 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
15406 derived from the envelope-from address.
15407
15408 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
15409 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
15410 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
15411 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
15412
15413 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
15414 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
15415 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
15416 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
15417
15418 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
15419 is a privileged operation.")
15420
15421 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
15422 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
15423 This is done when the message is initialized,
15424 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
15425
15426 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
15427 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
15428 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
15429
15430 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
15431 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
15432
15433 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
15434 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
15435 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
15436 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
15437 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
15438 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
15439 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
15440
15441 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
15442 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
15443
15444 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
15445 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
15446 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
15447
15448 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
15449 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
15450 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
15451 when you first send mail.")
15452
15453 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
15454 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
15455 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
15456 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
15457 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
15458
15459 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
15460 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
15461 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
15462 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
15463 This file need not actually exist.")
15464
15465 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
15466 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
15467 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
15468 If a string, that string is inserted.
15469 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
15470 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
15471 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
15472 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
15473
15474 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
15475 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
15476 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
15477 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
15478 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
15479 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
15480 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
15481 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
15482 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
15483 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
15484 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
15485 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
15486 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
15487 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
15488 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
15489
15490 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
15491 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15492 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15493 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
15494 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
15495 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15496
15497 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
15498 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15499 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
15500
15501 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
15502 User should not set this variable manually,
15503 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
15504 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
15505 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15506 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
15507
15508 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
15509 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
15510 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
15511 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
15512
15513 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
15514 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
15515
15516 \\<mail-mode-map>
15517 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
15518
15519 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
15520 to move to message header fields:
15521 \\{mail-mode-map}
15522
15523 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
15524 when the message is initialized.
15525
15526 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
15527 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
15528
15529 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
15530 is inserted.
15531
15532 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
15533 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
15534
15535 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
15536 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
15537
15538 The second through fifth arguments,
15539 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
15540 the initial contents of those header fields.
15541 These arguments should not have final newlines.
15542 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
15543 original message being replied to, or else an action
15544 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
15545 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
15546 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
15547 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
15548 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
15549 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
15550
15551 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
15552 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
15553
15554 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
15555 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
15556
15557 ;;;***
15558 \f
15559 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15391 29182))
15560 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
15561
15562 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
15563 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
15564 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
15565 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
15566 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
15567 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
15568
15569 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
15570
15571 ;;;***
15572 \f
15573 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
15574 ;;;;;; (15547 65195))
15575 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
15576
15577 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15578 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
15579 Makes > match <.
15580 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
15581 `sgml-quick-keys'.
15582
15583 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
15584 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
15585 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
15586
15587 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
15588 your `.emacs' file.
15589
15590 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
15591
15592 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15593 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
15594 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
15595
15596 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15597 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
15598 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
15599 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
15600 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
15601 which this is based.
15602
15603 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15604
15605 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
15606 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
15607 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
15608 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
15609
15610 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
15611 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
15612 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
15613
15614 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
15615 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
15616 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
15617 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
15618
15619 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
15620 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
15621 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
15622 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
15623
15624 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
15625
15626 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
15627 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
15628 To work around that, do:
15629 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
15630
15631 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
15632
15633 ;;;***
15634 \f
15635 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
15636 ;;;;;; (15437 54281))
15637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
15638
15639 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
15640
15641 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
15642 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
15643 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
15644 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
15645 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
15646 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
15647
15648 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
15649 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
15650 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
15651 shell-specific features.
15652
15653 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
15654 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
15655 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
15656
15657 \\[sh-case] case statement
15658 \\[sh-for] for loop
15659 \\[sh-function] function definition
15660 \\[sh-if] if statement
15661 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
15662 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
15663 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
15664 \\[sh-select] select loop
15665 \\[sh-until] until loop
15666 \\[sh-while] while loop
15667
15668 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
15669 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
15670 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
15671 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
15672 would indent to the way it currently is.
15673 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
15674 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
15675
15676
15677 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
15678 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
15679 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
15680 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
15681 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
15682 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
15683
15684 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
15685 {, (, [, ', \", `
15686 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
15687
15688 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
15689 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
15690 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
15691
15692 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
15693 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
15694
15695 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
15696
15697 ;;;***
15698 \f
15699 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
15700 ;;;;;; (15523 24004))
15701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
15702
15703 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
15704 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
15705
15706 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
15707 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
15708 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
15709 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
15710 the earlier.
15711
15712 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
15713
15714 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
15715
15716 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
15717 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
15718 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
15719
15720 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
15721 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
15722
15723 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
15724 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
15725 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
15726 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
15727 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
15728 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
15729 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
15730 emacs version).
15731
15732 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
15733 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
15734 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
15735 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
15736 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
15737
15738 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
15739 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
15740 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
15741
15742 ;;;***
15743 \f
15744 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
15745 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15508
15746 ;;;;;; 64852))
15747 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
15748
15749 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
15750 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
15751 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
15752 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
15753 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
15754 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
15755 in the cluster." t nil)
15756
15757 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
15758 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
15759 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
15760 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
15761 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15762
15763 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
15764 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
15765 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
15766 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
15767 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
15768 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
15769 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15770
15771 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
15772 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
15773
15774 ;;;***
15775 \f
15776 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
15777 ;;;;;; (15531 7805))
15778 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
15779
15780 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
15781 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
15782 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
15783 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
15784 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
15785 arguments.")
15786
15787 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
15788 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
15789 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
15790 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
15791 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
15792 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
15793 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
15794 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
15795 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
15796 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
15797 discards input when it starts up.)
15798 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
15799 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
15800 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
15801
15802 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15803 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15804 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15805 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
15806 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15807 `default-process-coding-system'.
15808
15809 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
15810 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
15811 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
15812 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
15813
15814 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15815 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
15816
15817 ;;;***
15818 \f
15819 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15394
15820 ;;;;;; 11051))
15821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
15822
15823 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
15824 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
15825 \\{simula-mode-map}
15826 Variables controlling indentation style:
15827 simula-tab-always-indent
15828 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
15829 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15830 simula-indent-level
15831 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
15832 simula-substatement-offset
15833 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
15834 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
15835 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
15836 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
15837 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
15838 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
15839 simula-label-offset -4711
15840 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
15841 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
15842 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
15843 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
15844 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
15845 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
15846 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
15847 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
15848 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
15849 simula-electric-indent nil
15850 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
15851 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
15852 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
15853 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
15854 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
15855 or nil if they should not be changed.
15856 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
15857 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
15858 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
15859 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
15860
15861 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
15862 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
15863
15864 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
15865 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
15866 at all." t nil)
15867
15868 ;;;***
15869 \f
15870 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
15871 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
15872 ;;;;;; (15184 11044))
15873 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
15874
15875 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
15876 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
15877
15878 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
15879 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
15880 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
15881 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
15882 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
15883
15884 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
15885 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15886 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15887 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15888 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15889 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15890 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15891
15892 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15893 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15894 ignored." t nil)
15895
15896 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
15897 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15898 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15899 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15900 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15901 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15902 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15903
15904 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15905 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15906 ignored." t nil)
15907
15908 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
15909 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
15910
15911 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
15912 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
15913 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
15914 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
15915
15916 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
15917 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
15918 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
15919 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
15920
15921 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
15922 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
15923 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
15924
15925 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
15926 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
15927
15928 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
15929 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
15930
15931 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
15932 _ interesting point, interregion here
15933 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
15934 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
15935 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
15936 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
15937 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
15938 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
15939 nil skipped
15940
15941 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
15942 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
15943
15944 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
15945 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
15946 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
15947 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
15948 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
15949 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
15950 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
15951 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
15952
15953 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
15954 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
15955 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
15956 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
15957 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
15958 available:
15959
15960 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
15961 then: insert previously read string once more
15962 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
15963 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
15964 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
15965
15966 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
15967 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
15968
15969 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
15970 Insert the character you type ARG times.
15971
15972 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
15973 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
15974 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
15975 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
15976 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
15977 such as backslash.
15978
15979 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
15980 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
15981 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
15982
15983 ;;;***
15984 \f
15985 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15347
15986 ;;;;;; 6543))
15987 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
15988
15989 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
15990 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
15991 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
15992
15993 ;;;***
15994 \f
15995 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
15996 ;;;;;; (14902 55791))
15997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
15998
15999 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
16000 Display textual smileys as images.
16001 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
16002 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
16003 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
16004
16005 ;;;***
16006 \f
16007 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
16008 ;;;;;; (15577 18154))
16009 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
16010
16011 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
16012
16013 ;;;***
16014 \f
16015 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15540 36607))
16016 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
16017
16018 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
16019 Play the Snake game.
16020 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
16021
16022 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
16023
16024 Snake mode keybindings:
16025 \\<snake-mode-map>
16026 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
16027 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
16028 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
16029 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
16030 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
16031 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
16032 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down" t nil)
16033
16034 ;;;***
16035 \f
16036 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
16037 ;;;;;; (15491 16844))
16038 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
16039
16040 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
16041 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
16042 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
16043 Tab indents for C code.
16044 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
16045 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16046 \\{snmp-mode-map}
16047 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
16048 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
16049
16050 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
16051 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
16052 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
16053 Tab indents for C code.
16054 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
16055 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16056 \\{snmp-mode-map}
16057 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
16058 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
16059
16060 ;;;***
16061 \f
16062 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
16063 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
16064 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15532 48415))
16065 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
16066
16067 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
16068 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
16069
16070 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
16071 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
16072 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
16073
16074 For example, the form
16075
16076 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
16077 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
16078
16079 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
16080
16081 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
16082 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
16083
16084 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
16085 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
16086 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
16087 York City.
16088
16089 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16090
16091 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
16092 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
16093
16094 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
16095 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
16096 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
16097 York City.
16098
16099 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16100
16101 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
16102 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
16103 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
16104 pair.
16105
16106 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16107
16108 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
16109 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
16110 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
16111
16112 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
16113 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
16114
16115 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
16116
16117 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
16118 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
16119 Requires floating point." nil nil)
16120
16121 ;;;***
16122 \f
16123 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15543
16124 ;;;;;; 12464))
16125 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
16126
16127 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
16128 Play Solitaire.
16129
16130 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
16131 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
16132 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
16133 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
16134 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
16135 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
16136 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
16137 check after each move or undo)
16138
16139 What is Solitaire?
16140
16141 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
16142 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
16143 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
16144
16145 Le Solitaire
16146 ============
16147
16148 o o o
16149
16150 o o o
16151
16152 o o o o o o o
16153
16154 o o o . o o o
16155
16156 o o o o o o o
16157
16158 o o o
16159
16160 o o o
16161
16162 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
16163 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
16164 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
16165 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
16166
16167 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
16168 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
16169 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
16170 this: o o .
16171
16172 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
16173 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
16174
16175 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
16176
16177 o o o
16178
16179 . o o
16180
16181 o o . o o o o
16182
16183 o . o o o o o
16184
16185 o o o o o o o
16186
16187 o o o
16188
16189 o o o
16190
16191 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
16192
16193 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
16194
16195 ;;;***
16196 \f
16197 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
16198 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
16199 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15542 22464))
16200 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
16201
16202 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
16203 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
16204 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
16205
16206 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
16207 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
16208 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
16209 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
16210 contiguous.
16211
16212 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
16213 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
16214 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16215 the sort order.
16216
16217 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
16218 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
16219
16220 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
16221 It moves point to the start of the next record.
16222 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
16223 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
16224 is called.
16225
16226 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
16227 It should move point to the end of the record.
16228
16229 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
16230 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
16231 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
16232 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
16233 starts at the beginning of the record.
16234
16235 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
16236 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
16237 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
16238
16239 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
16240 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16241 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16242 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16243 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16244 the sort order." t nil)
16245
16246 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
16247 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16248 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16249 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16250 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16251 the sort order." t nil)
16252
16253 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
16254 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16255 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16256 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16257 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16258 the sort order." t nil)
16259
16260 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
16261 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
16262 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16263 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
16264 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
16265 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
16266 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16267 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16268 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
16269
16270 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
16271 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
16272 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16273 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16274 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16275 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
16276 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16277 the sort order." t nil)
16278
16279 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
16280 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
16281 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
16282 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
16283 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
16284 is to be used for sorting.
16285 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
16286 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
16287 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
16288 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
16289 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
16290
16291 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
16292
16293 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16294 the sort order.
16295
16296 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
16297 starting with the letter \"f\",
16298 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
16299
16300 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
16301 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
16302 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
16303 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
16304 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
16305 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
16306 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16307 the sort order.
16308
16309 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
16310 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
16311 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
16312 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
16313 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
16314
16315 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
16316 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
16317 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
16318
16319 ;;;***
16320 \f
16321 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
16322 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15545 44180))
16323 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
16324
16325 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
16326
16327 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
16328 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
16329 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
16330 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
16331 supported at a time.
16332 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
16333 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
16334
16335 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
16336 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
16337 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
16338 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
16339
16340 ;;;***
16341 \f
16342 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
16343 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15185 49575))
16344 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
16345
16346 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16347
16348 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
16349 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
16350 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
16351 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
16352 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
16353 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
16354
16355 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
16356 Check spelling of word at or before point.
16357 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
16358 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
16359
16360 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
16361 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
16362 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
16363 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
16364 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
16365
16366 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
16367 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
16368
16369 ;;;***
16370 \f
16371 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14816
16372 ;;;;;; 44944))
16373 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
16374
16375 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
16376 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
16377
16378 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
16379 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
16380
16381 ;;;***
16382 \f
16383 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
16384 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
16385 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15430 11109))
16386 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
16387
16388 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
16389 Show short help for the SQL modes.
16390
16391 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
16392 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
16393
16394 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
16395
16396 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
16397 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
16398
16399 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
16400
16401 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
16402 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
16403 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
16404 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
16405 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
16406 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
16407 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
16408
16409 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
16410
16411 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
16412 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
16413 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
16414 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
16415
16416 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
16417 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
16418 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
16419 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
16420
16421 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
16422 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
16423 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
16424
16425 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
16426 Major mode to edit SQL.
16427
16428 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
16429 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
16430 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
16431
16432 \\{sql-mode-map}
16433 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
16434
16435 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
16436 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
16437 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
16438 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
16439 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
16440 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
16441
16442 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
16443 `sql-interactive-mode'.
16444
16445 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
16446 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
16447 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
16448
16449 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
16450 (lambda ()
16451 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))" t nil)
16452
16453 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
16454 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
16455
16456 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16457 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16458 `*SQL*'.
16459
16460 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
16461 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16462 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
16463 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
16464
16465 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16466 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16467
16468 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16469 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16470 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16471 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16472 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16473 `default-process-coding-system'.
16474
16475 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16476
16477 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
16478 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
16479
16480 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16481 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16482 `*SQL*'.
16483
16484 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
16485 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
16486 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16487 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
16488
16489 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16490 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16491
16492 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16493 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16494 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16495 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16496 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16497 `default-process-coding-system'.
16498
16499 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16500
16501 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
16502 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
16503
16504 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16505 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16506 `*SQL*'.
16507
16508 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
16509 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16510
16511 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16512 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16513
16514 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16515 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16516 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16517 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16518 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16519 `default-process-coding-system'.
16520
16521 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16522
16523 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
16524 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
16525
16526 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
16527
16528 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16529 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16530 `*SQL*'.
16531
16532 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
16533 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
16534 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16535 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
16536
16537 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16538 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16539
16540 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16541 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16542 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16543 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16544 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16545 `default-process-coding-system'.
16546
16547 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16548
16549 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
16550 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
16551
16552 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16553 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16554 `*SQL*'.
16555
16556 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
16557 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
16558 defaults, if set.
16559
16560 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16561 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16562
16563 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16564 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16565 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16566 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16567 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16568 `default-process-coding-system'.
16569
16570 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16571
16572 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
16573 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
16574
16575 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16576 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16577 `*SQL*'.
16578
16579 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
16580 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16581
16582 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16583 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16584
16585 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16586 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16587 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16588 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16589 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16590 `default-process-coding-system'.
16591
16592 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16593
16594 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
16595 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
16596
16597 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16598 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16599 `*SQL*'.
16600
16601 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
16602 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
16603 as defaults, if set.
16604
16605 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16606 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16607
16608 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16609 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16610 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16611 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16612 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16613 `default-process-coding-system'.
16614
16615 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16616
16617 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
16618 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
16619
16620 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16621 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16622 `*SQL*'.
16623
16624 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
16625 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
16626 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
16627 `sql-postgres-options'.
16628
16629 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16630 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16631
16632 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16633 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16634 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16635 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16636 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16637 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
16638 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
16639 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
16640
16641 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
16642 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
16643
16644 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16645
16646 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
16647 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
16648
16649 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16650 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16651 `*SQL*'.
16652
16653 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
16654 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16655 defaults, if set.
16656
16657 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16658 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16659
16660 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16661 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16662 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16663 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16664 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16665 `default-process-coding-system'.
16666
16667 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16668
16669 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
16670 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
16671
16672 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16673 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16674 `*SQL*'.
16675
16676 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
16677 automatic login.
16678
16679 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16680 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16681
16682 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
16683 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
16684 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
16685 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
16686
16687 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16688 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16689 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16690 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16691 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16692 `default-process-coding-system'.
16693
16694 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16695
16696 ;;;***
16697 \f
16698 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
16699 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
16700 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
16701 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
16702 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
16703 ;;;;;; (15571 26633))
16704 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
16705
16706 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
16707 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
16708 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
16709 or M-x strokes-mode.")
16710
16711 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16712
16713 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
16714
16715 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
16716 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
16717 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
16718 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
16719 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
16720 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
16721
16722 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
16723
16724 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
16725 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16726 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16727 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
16728 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
16729 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
16730 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16731
16732 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16733 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16734 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16735 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
16736 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
16737 then complete the stroke with button3.
16738 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16739
16740 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
16741 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
16742 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16743
16744 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16745 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
16746 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16747
16748 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
16749 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
16750
16751 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
16752
16753 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
16754 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
16755
16756 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
16757 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
16758
16759 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
16760
16761 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
16762 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
16763 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
16764 chronologically by command name.
16765 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
16766
16767 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
16768 Toggle strokes being enabled.
16769 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
16770 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
16771 mode in all buffers when activated.
16772 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
16773 new strokes with
16774
16775 > M-x global-set-stroke
16776
16777 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
16778 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
16779 strokes with
16780
16781 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
16782 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
16783
16784 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
16785 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
16786 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
16787 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
16788
16789 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16790 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
16791
16792 ;;;***
16793 \f
16794 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
16795 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15365 61265))
16796 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
16797
16798 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
16799 Studlify-case the region." t nil)
16800
16801 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
16802 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument." t nil)
16803
16804 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
16805 Studlify-case the current buffer." t nil)
16806
16807 ;;;***
16808 \f
16809 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
16810 ;;;;;; (15497 10307))
16811 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
16812
16813 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
16814 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
16815 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
16816 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
16817 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
16818 original message but it does require a few things:
16819
16820 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
16821
16822 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
16823 reply buffer.
16824
16825 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
16826 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
16827 original message.
16828
16829 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
16830
16831 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
16832
16833 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
16834 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
16835 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
16836
16837 ;;;***
16838 \f
16839 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15569
16840 ;;;;;; 32087))
16841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
16842
16843 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
16844 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
16845 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
16846 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
16847
16848 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
16849 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
16850 avoid a more expansive scan.
16851 Point is at POS when this function returns." nil nil)
16852
16853 ;;;***
16854 \f
16855 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
16856 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
16857
16858 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
16859 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
16860 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16861 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16862 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16863
16864 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
16865 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
16866 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
16867 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
16868 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16869 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16870 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16871
16872 ;;;***
16873 \f
16874 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15569 32087))
16875 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
16876
16877 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
16878 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
16879
16880 ;;;***
16881 \f
16882 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15523 24019))
16883 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
16884
16885 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
16886 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
16887 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
16888 Letters no longer insert themselves.
16889 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
16890 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
16891 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
16892
16893 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
16894 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
16895 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
16896 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
16897
16898 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
16899 \\{tar-mode-map}" t nil)
16900
16901 ;;;***
16902 \f
16903 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
16904 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15528 51856))
16905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
16906
16907 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
16908 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
16909 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
16910 Tab indents for Tcl code.
16911 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16912 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16913
16914 Variables controlling indentation style:
16915 `tcl-indent-level'
16916 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
16917 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
16918 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
16919
16920 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
16921 documentation for details):
16922 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
16923 Controls action of TAB key.
16924 `tcl-auto-newline'
16925 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
16926 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
16927 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
16928 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
16929 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
16930
16931 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
16932 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
16933 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
16934 already exist.
16935
16936 Commands:
16937 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
16938
16939 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
16940 Run inferior Tcl process.
16941 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
16942 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
16943
16944 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
16945 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
16946 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
16947
16948 ;;;***
16949 \f
16950 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15430 11124))
16951 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
16952 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
16953
16954 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
16955 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16956 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
16957 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
16958 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
16959 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
16960 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16961 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
16962
16963 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
16964 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16965 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
16966 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16967
16968 ;;;***
16969 \f
16970 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15548
16971 ;;;;;; 29279))
16972 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
16973
16974 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
16975 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
16976 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
16977 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
16978 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
16979 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
16980
16981 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
16982 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16983
16984 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
16985 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16986
16987 ;;;***
16988 \f
16989 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15490
16990 ;;;;;; 38811))
16991 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
16992
16993 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
16994 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
16995 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
16996 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
16997 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
16998 program as keyboard input.
16999
17000 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
17001 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
17002 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
17003 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
17004
17005 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
17006 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
17007 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
17008 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
17009 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
17010
17011 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
17012
17013 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
17014 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
17015 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
17016 terminal-redisplay-interval.
17017
17018 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
17019 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
17020 subprocess started." t nil)
17021
17022 ;;;***
17023 \f
17024 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15540 36638))
17025 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
17026
17027 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
17028 Play the Tetris game.
17029 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
17030 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
17031 as to form complete rows.
17032
17033 tetris-mode keybindings:
17034 \\<tetris-mode-map>
17035 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
17036 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
17037 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
17038 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
17039 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
17040 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
17041 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
17042 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
17043
17044 " t nil)
17045
17046 ;;;***
17047 \f
17048 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
17049 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
17050 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17051 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
17052 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
17053 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
17054 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
17055 ;;;;;; (15568 22304))
17056 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
17057
17058 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
17059 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
17060
17061 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
17062 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
17063 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
17064 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
17065 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
17066
17067 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
17068 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
17069 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
17070 if it matches the first line of the file,
17071 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
17072
17073 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
17074 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
17075 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
17076 if the variable is non-nil.")
17077
17078 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
17079 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
17080
17081 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
17082 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
17083 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17084 See the documentation of that variable.")
17085
17086 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
17087 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
17088 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17089 See the documentation of that variable.")
17090
17091 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
17092 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
17093 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17094 See the documentation of that variable.")
17095
17096 (defvar tex-start-options nil "\
17097 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
17098 These precede the commands in `tex-start-options'
17099 and the input file name. If nil, TeX runs with no options.
17100 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
17101
17102 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
17103 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
17104 These precede the input file name. If nil, no commands are used.
17105 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
17106
17107 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
17108 *User defined LaTeX block names.
17109 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
17110
17111 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
17112 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
17113 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17114 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
17115
17116 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
17117 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17118 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17119 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
17120
17121 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
17122 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
17123 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17124 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
17125
17126 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
17127 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
17128 for example,
17129
17130 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17131 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
17132
17133 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
17134 use.")
17135
17136 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
17137 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
17138 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17139 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
17140
17141 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
17142 window system being used. For example,
17143
17144 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
17145 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
17146
17147 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
17148 otherwise.")
17149
17150 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
17151 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
17152 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
17153
17154 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
17155 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
17156 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
17157 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
17158 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
17159
17160 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
17161 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
17162
17163 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
17164 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
17165
17166 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17167 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
17168 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
17169 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
17170 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
17171 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
17172 says which mode to use." t nil)
17173
17174 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
17175
17176 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
17177
17178 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
17179
17180 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17181 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
17182 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17183 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17184 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17185
17186 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
17187 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
17188 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17189 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17190 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17191 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17192 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17193
17194 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17195 mismatched $'s or braces.
17196
17197 Special commands:
17198 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
17199
17200 Mode variables:
17201 tex-run-command
17202 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17203 tex-directory
17204 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
17205 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17206 tex-dvi-print-command
17207 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17208 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17209 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17210 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17211 tex-dvi-view-command
17212 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17213 tex-show-queue-command
17214 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17215 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17216
17217 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
17218 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
17219 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17220
17221 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17222 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
17223 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17224 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17225 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17226
17227 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
17228 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
17229 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17230 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17231 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17232 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17233 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17234
17235 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17236 mismatched $'s or braces.
17237
17238 Special commands:
17239 \\{latex-mode-map}
17240
17241 Mode variables:
17242 latex-run-command
17243 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17244 tex-directory
17245 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
17246 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17247 tex-dvi-print-command
17248 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17249 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17250 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17251 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17252 tex-dvi-view-command
17253 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17254 tex-show-queue-command
17255 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17256 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17257
17258 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
17259 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
17260 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17261
17262 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17263 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
17264 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17265 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17266 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17267
17268 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
17269 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
17270 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17271 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17272 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17273 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17274 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17275
17276 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17277 mismatched $'s or braces.
17278
17279 Special commands:
17280 \\{slitex-mode-map}
17281
17282 Mode variables:
17283 slitex-run-command
17284 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17285 tex-directory
17286 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
17287 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17288 tex-dvi-print-command
17289 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17290 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17291 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17292 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17293 tex-dvi-view-command
17294 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17295 tex-show-queue-command
17296 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17297 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17298
17299 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
17300 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
17301 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
17302 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17303
17304 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
17305
17306 ;;;***
17307 \f
17308 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
17309 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15498 27766))
17310 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
17311
17312 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
17313 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
17314 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
17315 name specified in the @setfilename command.
17316
17317 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
17318 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
17319 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
17320
17321 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
17322 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
17323 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
17324 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
17325 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
17326
17327 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
17328 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
17329 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
17330 names specified in the @setfilename command.
17331
17332 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
17333 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
17334 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
17335 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
17336
17337 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
17338 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
17339
17340 ;;;***
17341 \f
17342 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
17343 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15565 33607))
17344 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
17345
17346 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
17347 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
17348
17349 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
17350 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
17351
17352 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
17353 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
17354
17355 It has these extra commands:
17356 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
17357
17358 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
17359 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
17360 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
17361 modified version of TeX input format.
17362
17363 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
17364 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
17365 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
17366 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
17367
17368 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
17369 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
17370 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
17371 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
17372 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
17373 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
17374 in the Texinfo file.
17375
17376 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
17377 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
17378 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
17379 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
17380 move forward past the closing brace.
17381
17382 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
17383 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
17384
17385 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
17386 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
17387 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
17388
17389 Here are the functions:
17390
17391 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
17392 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
17393 texinfo-sequential-node-update
17394
17395 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
17396 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
17397 texinfo-master-menu
17398
17399 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
17400
17401 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
17402 which menu descriptions are indented.
17403
17404 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
17405 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
17406 in the region.
17407
17408 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
17409 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
17410 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
17411 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
17412
17413 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
17414 be the first node in the file.
17415
17416 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
17417 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
17418
17419 ;;;***
17420 \f
17421 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
17422 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
17423 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15382 18841))
17424 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
17425
17426 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
17427 Compose Thai characters in the region.
17428 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17429 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
17430
17431 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
17432 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
17433
17434 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
17435 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
17436
17437 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
17438
17439 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
17440 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
17441 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
17442 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
17443 to compose.
17444
17445 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
17446
17447 ;;;***
17448 \f
17449 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
17450 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
17451 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15185 49574))
17452 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
17453
17454 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
17455 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
17456
17457 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
17458 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
17459 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
17460 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
17461 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
17462
17463 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
17464 a symbol as a valid THING.
17465
17466 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
17467 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
17468
17469 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
17470 Return the THING at point.
17471 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
17472 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
17473 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
17474
17475 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
17476 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
17477
17478 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17479
17480 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17481
17482 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17483
17484 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17485
17486 ;;;***
17487 \f
17488 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
17489 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
17490 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
17491 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
17492 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
17493 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (15576 40652))
17494 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
17495
17496 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
17497 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
17498 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
17499
17500 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
17501 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
17502
17503 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
17504 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
17505 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
17506
17507 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
17508 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
17509
17510 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
17511 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
17512
17513 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
17514 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
17515 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
17516 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." t nil)
17517
17518 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
17519 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
17520 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
17521 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." nil nil)
17522
17523 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17524
17525 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
17526 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
17527 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
17528
17529 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
17530 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
17531 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
17532
17533 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17534
17535 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17536
17537 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17538
17539 ;;;***
17540 \f
17541 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
17542 ;;;;;; (15489 14486))
17543 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
17544
17545 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
17546 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
17547 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17548 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17549 parameters.
17550 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17551
17552 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
17553 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
17554 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17555 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17556 parameters.
17557 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17558
17559 ;;;***
17560 \f
17561 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
17562 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15566 59716))
17563 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
17564
17565 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
17566 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
17567
17568 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
17569 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17570 This display updates automatically every minute.
17571 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17572 are displayed as well.
17573 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17574
17575 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
17576 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
17577 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17578 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17579 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
17580
17581 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17582
17583 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
17584
17585 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
17586 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17587 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
17588
17589 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
17590 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17591 are displayed as well.
17592 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17593
17594 ;;;***
17595 \f
17596 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
17597 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
17598 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
17599 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
17600 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
17601
17602 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17603 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value." nil nil)
17604
17605 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
17606 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value." nil nil)
17607
17608 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
17609 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2." nil nil)
17610
17611 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
17612 Convert DAYS into a time value." nil nil)
17613
17614 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
17615 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
17616 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string." nil nil)
17617
17618 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
17619
17620 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
17621 Subtract two time values.
17622 Return the difference in the format of a time value." nil nil)
17623
17624 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
17625 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference." nil nil)
17626
17627 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
17628 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
17629 DATE should be a date-time string." nil nil)
17630
17631 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
17632 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
17633 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings." nil nil)
17634
17635 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
17636 Return t if YEAR is a leap year." nil nil)
17637
17638 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
17639 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year." nil nil)
17640
17641 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
17642 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
17643 TIME should be a time value.
17644 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary." nil nil)
17645
17646 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17647 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
17648 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros." nil nil)
17649
17650 ;;;***
17651 \f
17652 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
17653 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15573 52062))
17654 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
17655
17656 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
17657 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
17658 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
17659 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
17660 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
17661 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
17662 look like one of the following:
17663 Time-stamp: <>
17664 Time-stamp: \" \"
17665 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
17666 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
17667 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
17668 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
17669 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
17670 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
17671 template." t nil)
17672
17673 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
17674 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
17675 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17676
17677 ;;;***
17678 \f
17679 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
17680 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
17681 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
17682 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
17683 ;;;;;; (15332 4541))
17684 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
17685
17686 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
17687 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
17688 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
17689 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
17690 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
17691 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
17692 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
17693 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
17694
17695 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
17696 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17697 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
17698 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
17699 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
17700 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
17701 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
17702 this function is called within a day.
17703
17704 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
17705 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
17706 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
17707 discover the name of the project." t nil)
17708
17709 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
17710 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17711 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
17712 begun during the last time segment.
17713
17714 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
17715 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
17716 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
17717 discover the reason." t nil)
17718
17719 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
17720 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
17721
17722 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
17723 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
17724 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
17725 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
17726 project you were working on." t nil)
17727
17728 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
17729 Ask the user before clocking out.
17730 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
17731
17732 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
17733 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
17734 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
17735
17736 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
17737 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
17738 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
17739 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
17740 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
17741 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
17742
17743 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
17744 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
17745 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
17746 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
17747
17748 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
17749 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
17750 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
17751 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
17752 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
17753 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
17754 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
17755 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
17756 non-nil." t nil)
17757
17758 ;;;***
17759 \f
17760 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
17761 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
17762 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15293 31965))
17763 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
17764
17765 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
17766
17767 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
17768 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
17769
17770 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
17771 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
17772
17773 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
17774 Perform an action at time TIME.
17775 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
17776 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
17777 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
17778 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
17779 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
17780 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17781
17782 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17783
17784 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
17785 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
17786 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
17787 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
17788 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17789
17790 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17791
17792 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
17793 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
17794 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
17795 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
17796
17797 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
17798 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
17799 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17800 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
17801
17802 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
17803 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
17804
17805 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17806 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17807
17808 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
17809 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
17810 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
17811 The call should look like:
17812 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
17813 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
17814 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
17815 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
17816 be detected." nil (quote macro))
17817
17818 ;;;***
17819 \f
17820 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
17821 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15538 7889))
17822 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
17823
17824 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17825 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
17826 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
17827 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
17828
17829 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17830 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
17831 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
17832 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
17833 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
17834 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
17835 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
17836
17837 ;;;***
17838 \f
17839 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
17840 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15556 11342))
17841 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
17842 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
17843 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
17844 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
17845
17846 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
17847 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17848 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
17849 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
17850 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
17851
17852 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
17853 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17854 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
17855 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
17856 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
17857
17858 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
17859 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
17860 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
17861 in the menu in two ways:
17862 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
17863 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
17864 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
17865
17866 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
17867 keymap or an alist of alists.
17868 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
17869 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
17870
17871 ;;;***
17872 \f
17873 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
17874 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
17875 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 46974))
17876 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
17877
17878 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
17879 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
17880
17881 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
17882 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
17883
17884 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
17885 Insert new TODO list entry.
17886 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
17887 category." t nil)
17888
17889 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
17890 List top priorities for each category.
17891
17892 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
17893 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
17894
17895 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
17896 between each category." t nil)
17897
17898 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
17899 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
17900 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
17901 between each category.
17902
17903 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
17904
17905 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
17906 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
17907
17908 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
17909
17910 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
17911 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
17912
17913 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
17914 Show TODO list." t nil)
17915
17916 ;;;***
17917 \f
17918 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
17919 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
17920 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15572 42737))
17921 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
17922
17923 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
17924 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
17925 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17926 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17927 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
17928
17929 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17930
17931 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
17932
17933 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
17934 Toggle use of the tool bar.
17935 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
17936
17937 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
17938 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
17939
17940 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17941
17942 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
17943 Add an item to the tool bar.
17944 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
17945 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
17946 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
17947 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
17948
17949 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
17950 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
17951 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
17952
17953 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
17954 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
17955
17956 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
17957 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
17958 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
17959 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
17960 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
17961 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
17962
17963 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
17964 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
17965 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'." nil nil)
17966
17967 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
17968 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
17969 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
17970 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
17971 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
17972 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
17973 properties to add to the binding.
17974
17975 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
17976
17977 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
17978 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
17979
17980 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
17981 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
17982 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
17983 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
17984 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
17985 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
17986 properties to add to the binding.
17987
17988 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap." nil nil)
17989
17990 ;;;***
17991 \f
17992 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
17993 ;;;;;; (15425 23276))
17994 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
17995
17996 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
17997 Mode for tooltip display.
17998 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
17999
18000 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
18001 Toggle tooltip-mode.
18002 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18003 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
18004
18005 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18006
18007 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
18008
18009 ;;;***
18010 \f
18011 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15400
18012 ;;;;;; 24828))
18013 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
18014
18015 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
18016
18017 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
18018
18019 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
18020 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
18021
18022 ;;;***
18023 \f
18024 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
18025 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15186 56483))
18026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
18027
18028 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
18029 Set scroll margins." t nil)
18030
18031 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
18032 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
18033
18034 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
18035 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
18036
18037 ;;;***
18038 \f
18039 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15293 32313))
18040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
18041
18042 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
18043 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
18044 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
18045 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
18046 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
18047
18048 ;;;***
18049 \f
18050 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
18051 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14582 7181))
18052 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
18053
18054 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
18055 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
18056
18057 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
18058 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
18059 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
18060 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
18061 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
18062 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
18063 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
18064 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
18065
18066 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
18067 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
18068 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
18069 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
18070 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
18071 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
18072 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
18073
18074 ;;;***
18075 \f
18076 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
18077 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15304 37383))
18078 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
18079 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
18080 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
18081 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
18082
18083 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
18084 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
18085 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
18086 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
18087 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
18088 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
18089 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
18090
18091 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
18092 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
18093 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
18094 accepting the proposed default buffer.
18095
18096 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
18097
18098 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
18099 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
18100 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
18101 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
18102 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
18103 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
18104 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
18105
18106 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
18107 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
18108
18109 First column's text sSs Second column's text
18110 \\___/\\
18111 / \\
18112 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
18113
18114 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
18115
18116 ;;;***
18117 \f
18118 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
18119 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
18120 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
18121 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14890 29229))
18122 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
18123
18124 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
18125 Toggle typing break mode.
18126 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
18127 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18128 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
18129
18130 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18131
18132 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
18133
18134 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
18135 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
18136
18137 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
18138 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
18139
18140 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
18141 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
18142 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
18143
18144 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
18145 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
18146
18147 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
18148 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
18149 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
18150
18151 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
18152 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
18153 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
18154 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
18155 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
18156 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
18157
18158 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
18159 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
18160 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
18161 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
18162
18163 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
18164 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
18165
18166 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
18167 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
18168
18169 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
18170 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
18171 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
18172
18173 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
18174 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
18175 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
18176 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
18177 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
18178 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
18179 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
18180
18181 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
18182 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
18183
18184 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
18185 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
18186 reset the keystroke counter.
18187
18188 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
18189 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
18190 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
18191 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
18192
18193 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
18194 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
18195 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
18196 `type-break-schedule' command.
18197
18198 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
18199 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
18200 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
18201 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
18202 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
18203 or not to continue.
18204
18205 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
18206 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
18207 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
18208 approximate good values for this.
18209
18210 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
18211 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
18212
18213 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
18214 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
18215 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
18216 `type-break-warning-repeat'
18217 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
18218 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
18219
18220 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
18221 a typing break occur. They include:
18222
18223 `type-break-query-mode'
18224 `type-break-query-function'
18225 `type-break-query-interval'
18226
18227 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
18228
18229 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
18230 Take a typing break.
18231
18232 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
18233 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
18234
18235 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
18236 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
18237
18238 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
18239 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
18240 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
18241 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
18242
18243 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
18244 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
18245
18246 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
18247 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
18248 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
18249 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
18250 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
18251 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
18252 average typing speed.)
18253
18254 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
18255 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
18256 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
18257 the computed maximum threshold.
18258
18259 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
18260 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
18261 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
18262 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
18263 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
18264
18265 ;;;***
18266 \f
18267 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
18268 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15185 49575))
18269 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
18270
18271 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
18272 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
18273 Works by overstriking underscores.
18274 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18275 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
18276
18277 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
18278 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
18279 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18280 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
18281
18282 ;;;***
18283 \f
18284 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
18285 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14471 54769))
18286 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
18287
18288 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
18289 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
18290 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
18291
18292 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
18293 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
18294 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
18295 following the containing message." t nil)
18296
18297 ;;;***
18298 \f
18299 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
18300 ;;;;;; (15214 26446))
18301 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
18302
18303 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
18304 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
18305 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
18306 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
18307 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
18308 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
18309
18310 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
18311 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
18312
18313 ;;;***
18314 \f
18315 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
18316 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
18317 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
18318
18319 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
18320 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
18321 This function has a choice of three things to do:
18322 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
18323 to refrain from editing the file
18324 return t (grab the lock on the file)
18325 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
18326 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
18327 in any way you like." nil nil)
18328
18329 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
18330 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
18331 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
18332 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
18333 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
18334
18335 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
18336 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
18337
18338 ;;;***
18339 \f
18340 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
18341 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15185 54813))
18342 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
18343
18344 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
18345 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
18346 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
18347 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
18348
18349 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
18350 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
18351 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
18352
18353 ;;;***
18354 \f
18355 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
18356 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
18357 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
18358 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers
18359 ;;;;;; vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action
18360 ;;;;;; vc-do-command edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook
18361 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (15494 7904))
18362 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
18363
18364 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
18365 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
18366 See `run-hooks'.")
18367
18368 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
18369 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
18370 See `run-hooks'.")
18371
18372 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
18373 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
18374 See `run-hooks'.")
18375
18376 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
18377 Return the branch part of a revision number REV." nil nil)
18378
18379 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
18380 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
18381 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
18382 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
18383 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
18384 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
18385
18386 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
18387 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
18388 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
18389 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
18390 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
18391
18392 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
18393 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
18394 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
18395 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
18396 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
18397 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
18398 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
18399 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
18400 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
18401 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
18402 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
18403
18404 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
18405 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
18406
18407 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
18408 it will operate on the file in the current line.
18409
18410 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
18411 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
18412 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
18413 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
18414 lock steals will raise an error.
18415
18416 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
18417
18418 For RCS and SCCS files:
18419 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
18420 control.
18421 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
18422 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
18423 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
18424 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
18425 it performs a revert.
18426 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
18427 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
18428 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
18429 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
18430 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
18431 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
18432 the option to steal the lock.
18433
18434 For CVS files:
18435 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
18436 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
18437 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
18438 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
18439 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
18440 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
18441 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
18442 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
18443 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
18444
18445 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
18446 Register the current file into a version control system.
18447 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
18448 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
18449
18450 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
18451 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
18452 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
18453 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
18454 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
18455 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
18456
18457 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
18458 Display diffs between file versions.
18459 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
18460 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
18461 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
18462 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
18463 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
18464 saving the buffer." t nil)
18465
18466 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
18467 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
18468 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
18469 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again." t nil)
18470
18471 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
18472 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
18473 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
18474 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
18475
18476 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
18477 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
18478 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
18479 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
18480 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
18481 from the current branch.
18482
18483 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
18484
18485 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
18486 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
18487 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
18488
18489 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
18490 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
18491
18492 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
18493
18494 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
18495 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
18496
18497 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
18498 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
18499 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
18500 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
18501 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
18502 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
18503
18504 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
18505 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
18506 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
18507 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
18508 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
18509 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
18510
18511 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
18512 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
18513
18514 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
18515 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
18516 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
18517 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
18518 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
18519
18520 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
18521 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
18522 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
18523 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
18524 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
18525 the current branch are merged into the working file." t nil)
18526
18527 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
18528 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
18529 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
18530
18531 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
18532 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
18533 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
18534 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
18535 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
18536 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
18537 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil)
18538
18539 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
18540 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
18541 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
18542 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
18543 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
18544 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
18545 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
18546 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
18547 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil)
18548
18549 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
18550 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
18551
18552 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
18553 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
18554 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
18555 directory.
18556
18557 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
18558
18559 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
18560 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
18561 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
18562
18563 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
18564 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
18565
18566 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
18567 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
18568
18569 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
18570 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
18571 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
18572 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
18573 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
18574 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18575
18576 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
18577 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
18578 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
18579 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
18580 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
18581 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
18582 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
18583 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18584
18585 Customization variables:
18586
18587 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
18588 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
18589 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
18590 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
18591
18592 ;;;***
18593 \f
18594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15539 8527))
18595 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
18596 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
18597 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
18598 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
18599 (require 'vc-cvs)
18600 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
18601
18602 ;;;***
18603 \f
18604 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
18605 ;;;;;; (15510 8498))
18606 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
18607
18608 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
18609 *Where to look for RCS master files.
18610 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18611
18612 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
18613
18614 ;;;***
18615 \f
18616 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
18617 ;;;;;; (15510 8683))
18618 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
18619
18620 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
18621 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
18622 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18623
18624 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
18625
18626 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
18627 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
18628 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
18629 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
18630
18631 ;;;***
18632 \f
18633 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
18634 ;;;;;; (15440 59334))
18635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
18636
18637 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
18638 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
18639
18640 Usage:
18641 ------
18642
18643 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
18644 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
18645 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
18646 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
18647 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
18648 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
18649 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
18650 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
18651 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
18652 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
18653 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18654 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
18655 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
18656 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
18657 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
18658 The following abbreviations can also be used:
18659 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
18660 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
18661 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18662
18663 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
18664 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
18665 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
18666
18667 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
18668 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
18669 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
18670 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
18671 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
18672 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
18673 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
18674 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
18675 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
18676
18677 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
18678 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
18679 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
18680 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
18681 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
18682 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
18683 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
18684 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
18685
18686 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
18687 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
18688 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
18689
18690 - COMMENTS:
18691 `--' puts a single comment.
18692 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
18693 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
18694 comment in between.
18695 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
18696 following lines.
18697 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
18698 uncomments a region if already commented out.
18699
18700 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
18701 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
18702 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
18703 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
18704 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
18705 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
18706 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
18707 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
18708 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
18709 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
18710 multi-line comments.
18711
18712 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
18713 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
18714 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
18715 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
18716 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
18717 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
18718 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
18719 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
18720 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
18721
18722 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
18723 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
18724 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
18725 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
18726 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
18727 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
18728 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
18729 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
18730 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
18731 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
18732
18733 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
18734 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
18735 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
18736 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
18737 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
18738 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
18739 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
18740 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
18741 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
18742 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
18743 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
18744 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
18745 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
18746
18747 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
18748
18749 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
18750 menu).
18751
18752 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
18753
18754 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
18755 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
18756 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
18757 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
18758 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
18759
18760 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
18761 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
18762 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
18763 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
18764 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
18765 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
18766 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
18767 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
18768 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
18769
18770 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
18771 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
18772 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
18773 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
18774 specified.
18775
18776 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
18777 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
18778 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
18779 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
18780 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
18781 the current directory for VHDL source files.
18782
18783 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
18784 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
18785 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
18786 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
18787 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
18788 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
18789 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
18790 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
18791 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
18792 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
18793 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
18794
18795 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
18796 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
18797 Math Packages.
18798
18799 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
18800 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
18801 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
18802 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
18803 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
18804 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
18805 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
18806 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
18807
18808 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
18809 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
18810 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
18811 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
18812 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
18813 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
18814
18815 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
18816 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
18817 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
18818 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
18819 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
18820
18821 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
18822 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
18823 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
18824 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
18825 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
18826
18827 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
18828 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
18829 highlighted if written in lower case.
18830
18831 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
18832 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
18833 is non-nil.
18834
18835 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
18836 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
18837 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
18838
18839 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
18840 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
18841 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
18842
18843 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
18844 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
18845 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
18846
18847 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
18848 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
18849 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
18850 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
18851 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
18852 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
18853 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
18854
18855 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
18856 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
18857 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
18858 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
18859 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
18860
18861 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
18862 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
18863 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
18864 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18865
18866 - HINTS:
18867 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
18868
18869
18870 Maintenance:
18871 ------------
18872
18873 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
18874 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
18875
18876 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18877
18878 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
18879 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
18880 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
18881 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18882
18883 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
18884 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
18885 version and release notes can be found.
18886
18887
18888 Bugs and Limitations:
18889 ---------------------
18890
18891 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
18892 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
18893 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
18894 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
18895 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
18896 does not work under XEmacs.
18897
18898
18899 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
18900 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
18901
18902 Key bindings:
18903 -------------
18904
18905 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
18906
18907 ;;;***
18908 \f
18909 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15186 53885))
18910 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
18911
18912 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
18913 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
18914 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
18915 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
18916
18917 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
18918 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
18919 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
18920 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
18921 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
18922
18923 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
18924 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
18925
18926 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
18927
18928 * Limitations and unsupported features
18929 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
18930 not supported.
18931 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
18932 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
18933
18934 * Modifications
18935 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
18936 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
18937 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
18938 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
18939 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
18940 for undoing a repeated change command.
18941 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
18942 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
18943 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
18944
18945 * Extensions
18946 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
18947 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
18948 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
18949 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
18950 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
18951 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
18952 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
18953 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
18954
18955 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
18956
18957 ;;;***
18958 \f
18959 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
18960 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
18961 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
18962 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15565 33566))
18963 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
18964
18965 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
18966 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
18967
18968 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18969 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
18970 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18971 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18972
18973 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18974 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
18975
18976 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18977 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
18978 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18979 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18980
18981 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18982 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
18983
18984 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18985
18986 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18987
18988 ;;;***
18989 \f
18990 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
18991 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
18992 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15349
18993 ;;;;;; 43162))
18994 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
18995
18996 (defvar view-mode nil "\
18997 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
18998 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
18999 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
19000
19001 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
19002
19003 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
19004 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
19005 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19006 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19007 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19008 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19009 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19010
19011 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19012
19013 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
19014 View FILE in View mode in another window.
19015 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
19016 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19017 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19018 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19019 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19020 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19021
19022 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19023
19024 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
19025 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
19026 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
19027 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19028 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19029 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19030 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19031 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19032
19033 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19034
19035 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
19036 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
19037 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19038 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19039 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19040 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19041 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19042
19043 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19044
19045 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19046 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19047 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19048
19049 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
19050 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
19051 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
19052 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19053 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19054 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19055 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19056 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19057
19058 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19059
19060 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19061 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19062 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19063
19064 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
19065 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
19066 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
19067 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19068 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19069 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19070 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19071 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19072
19073 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19074
19075 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19076 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19077 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19078
19079 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
19080 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
19081 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
19082
19083 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
19084 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
19085 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
19086 read-only.
19087 \\<view-mode-map>
19088 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
19089 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
19090 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
19091 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
19092 commands default to a repeat count of one.
19093
19094 H, h, ? This message.
19095 Digits provide prefix arguments.
19096 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
19097 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
19098 > move to the end of buffer.
19099 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
19100 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
19101 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
19102 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
19103 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
19104 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
19105 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
19106 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
19107 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
19108 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
19109 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
19110 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
19111 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
19112 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
19113 Use this to view a changing file.
19114 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
19115 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
19116 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
19117 . set the mark.
19118 x exchanges point and mark.
19119 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
19120 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
19121 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
19122 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
19123 ' go to position saved in character register.
19124 s do forward incremental search.
19125 r do reverse incremental search.
19126 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
19127 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
19128 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
19129 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
19130 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
19131 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
19132 p searches backward for last regular expression.
19133 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
19134 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
19135 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
19136 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
19137 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
19138 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
19139 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
19140 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
19141
19142 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
19143 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
19144 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
19145 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
19146 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
19147 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
19148 will return to that buffer.
19149
19150 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19151
19152 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
19153 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
19154 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
19155 `view-return-to-alist'.
19156 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
19157 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
19158 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
19159
19160 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
19161 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
19162 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
19163 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
19164 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
19165 1) nil Do nothing.
19166 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
19167 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
19168 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
19169 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
19170
19171 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19172
19173 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
19174
19175 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
19176 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
19177
19178 ;;;***
19179 \f
19180 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15186 56483))
19181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
19182
19183 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
19184 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
19185
19186 ;;;***
19187 \f
19188 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
19189 ;;;;;; (15547 47959))
19190 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
19191
19192 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
19193 Toggle Viper on/off.
19194 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
19195
19196 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
19197 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
19198
19199 ;;;***
19200 \f
19201 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15381 44879))
19202 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
19203
19204 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
19205 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
19206
19207 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
19208 hotlist.
19209
19210 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
19211 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
19212
19213 ;;;***
19214 \f
19215 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
19216 ;;;;;; (15356 16861))
19217 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
19218
19219 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
19220
19221 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
19222 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
19223 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19224 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19225 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
19226
19227 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19228
19229 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
19230
19231 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
19232 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
19233 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
19234 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
19235
19236 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
19237 and off otherwise." t nil)
19238
19239 ;;;***
19240 \f
19241 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook
19242 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
19243 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
19244 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
19245 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
19246 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15384 59073))
19247 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
19248
19249 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
19250 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
19251
19252 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
19253 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
19254
19255 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
19256 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
19257
19258 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
19259 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
19260
19261 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
19262 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
19263
19264 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
19265 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
19266 These are:
19267 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
19268 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
19269 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
19270 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
19271 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
19272
19273 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
19274 and:
19275 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
19276 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
19277
19278 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
19279 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
19280
19281 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
19282 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
19283
19284 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
19285 whitespace problems." t nil)
19286
19287 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
19288 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
19289
19290 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
19291 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
19292
19293 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19294 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
19295 \(which see).")
19296
19297 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19298
19299 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
19300
19301 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
19302 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
19303 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
19304
19305 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
19306 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil)
19307
19308 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
19309 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when
19310 whitespace check is enabled." t nil)
19311
19312 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
19313 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
19314
19315 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
19316 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
19317
19318 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
19319 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
19320 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
19321 replaced with TABS).
19322 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
19323 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
19324
19325 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
19326
19327 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
19328 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
19329
19330 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
19331 i - Indentation whitespace.
19332 l - Leading whitespace.
19333 s - Space followed by Tab.
19334 t - Trailing whitespace.
19335
19336 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
19337 !<y>.
19338
19339 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
19340 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
19341 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
19342 always they default to 8.)
19343
19344 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
19345 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
19346 even print it.
19347
19348 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
19349 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
19350 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
19351 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
19352 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
19353 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
19354 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
19355 to set smarttab.)
19356
19357 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
19358 merge problems.
19359
19360 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
19361 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
19362 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
19363
19364 ;;;***
19365 \f
19366 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
19367 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15467 59919))
19368 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
19369
19370 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
19371 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
19372
19373 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
19374 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
19375
19376 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
19377 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
19378
19379 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
19380 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
19381 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
19382
19383 ;;;***
19384 \f
19385 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
19386 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15546
19387 ;;;;;; 28837))
19388 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
19389
19390 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
19391 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget." nil nil)
19392
19393 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
19394 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
19395 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
19396
19397 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
19398 Create widget of TYPE.
19399 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
19400
19401 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
19402 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
19403
19404 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
19405 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only." nil nil)
19406
19407 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
19408 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
19409 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
19410
19411 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
19412 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works." nil nil)
19413
19414 ;;;***
19415 \f
19416 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
19417 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15576
19418 ;;;;;; 843))
19419 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
19420
19421 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
19422 Select the window to the left of the current one.
19423 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19424 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
19425 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
19426 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
19427 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19428
19429 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
19430 Select the window above the current one.
19431 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
19432 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
19433 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
19434 negative ARG) of the current window.
19435 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19436
19437 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
19438 Select the window to the right of the current one.
19439 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19440 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
19441 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
19442 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
19443 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19444
19445 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
19446 Select the window below the current one.
19447 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19448 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
19449 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
19450 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
19451 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19452
19453 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
19454 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
19455 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
19456 Default MODIFIER is 'shift." t nil)
19457
19458 ;;;***
19459 \f
19460 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
19461 ;;;;;; (15483 45821))
19462 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
19463
19464 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
19465 Toggle winner-mode.
19466 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19467 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
19468
19469 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19470
19471 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
19472
19473 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
19474 Toggle Winner mode.
19475 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
19476
19477 ;;;***
19478 \f
19479 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
19480 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15408 51988))
19481 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
19482
19483 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
19484 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
19485 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
19486 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
19487 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
19488 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
19489 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
19490 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
19491
19492 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
19493 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
19494
19495 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
19496 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
19497
19498 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
19499 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
19500 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
19501 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
19502 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
19503 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
19504 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
19505 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
19506
19507 ;;;***
19508 \f
19509 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
19510 ;;;;;; (15394 13301))
19511 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
19512
19513 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
19514 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
19515
19516 BUGS:
19517 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
19518 are not implemented
19519 - Options for search and replace
19520 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
19521 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
19522
19523 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
19524 Emacs-like.
19525
19526 The key bindings are:
19527
19528 C-a backward-word
19529 C-b fill-paragraph
19530 C-c scroll-up-line
19531 C-d forward-char
19532 C-e previous-line
19533 C-f forward-word
19534 C-g delete-char
19535 C-h backward-char
19536 C-i indent-for-tab-command
19537 C-j help-for-help
19538 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
19539 C-l ws-repeat-search
19540 C-n open-line
19541 C-p quoted-insert
19542 C-r scroll-down-line
19543 C-s backward-char
19544 C-t kill-word
19545 C-u keyboard-quit
19546 C-v overwrite-mode
19547 C-w scroll-down
19548 C-x next-line
19549 C-y kill-complete-line
19550 C-z scroll-up
19551
19552 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
19553 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
19554 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
19555 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
19556 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
19557 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
19558 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
19559 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
19560 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
19561 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
19562 C-k b ws-begin-block
19563 C-k c ws-copy-block
19564 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
19565 C-k f find-file
19566 C-k h ws-show-markers
19567 C-k i ws-indent-block
19568 C-k k ws-end-block
19569 C-k p ws-print-block
19570 C-k q kill-emacs
19571 C-k r insert-file
19572 C-k s save-some-buffers
19573 C-k t ws-mark-word
19574 C-k u ws-exdent-block
19575 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
19576 C-k v ws-move-block
19577 C-k w ws-write-block
19578 C-k x kill-emacs
19579 C-k y ws-delete-block
19580
19581 C-o c wordstar-center-line
19582 C-o b switch-to-buffer
19583 C-o j justify-current-line
19584 C-o k kill-buffer
19585 C-o l list-buffers
19586 C-o m auto-fill-mode
19587 C-o r set-fill-column
19588 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
19589 C-o wd delete-other-windows
19590 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
19591 C-o wo other-window
19592 C-o wv split-window-vertically
19593
19594 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
19595 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
19596 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
19597 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
19598 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
19599 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
19600 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
19601 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
19602 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
19603 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
19604 C-q a ws-query-replace
19605 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
19606 C-q c end-of-buffer
19607 C-q d end-of-line
19608 C-q f ws-search
19609 C-q k ws-to-block-end
19610 C-q l ws-undo
19611 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
19612 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
19613 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
19614 C-q w ws-last-error
19615 C-q y ws-kill-eol
19616 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
19617 " t nil)
19618
19619 ;;;***
19620 \f
19621 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15542
19622 ;;;;;; 21888))
19623 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
19624
19625 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
19626 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
19627 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
19628
19629 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
19630
19631 ;;;***
19632 \f
19633 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
19634 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15397 31808))
19635 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
19636
19637 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
19638 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
19639
19640 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
19641 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
19642
19643 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
19644 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
19645 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
19646
19647 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
19648 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
19649
19650 ;;;***
19651 \f
19652 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15422 4402))
19653 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
19654
19655 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
19656 Zone out, completely." t nil)
19657
19658 ;;;***
19659 \f
19660 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
19661 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15566 7114))
19662 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
19663
19664 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
19665 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified." t nil)
19666
19667 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
19668 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
19669
19670 Zone-mode does two things:
19671
19672 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
19673 when saving the file
19674
19675 - fontification" t nil)
19676
19677 ;;;***
19678 \f
19679 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "allout.el"
19680 ;;;;;; "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "byte-run.el" "case-table.el"
19681 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
19682 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-hook.el"
19683 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
19684 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lock.el" "env.el" "faces.el"
19685 ;;;;;; "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el" "float-sup.el" "foldout.el"
19686 ;;;;;; "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "generic-x.el"
19687 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "loadup.el"
19688 ;;;;;; "map-ynp.el" "menu-bar.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el"
19689 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el"
19690 ;;;;;; "pcvs-util.el" "regi.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "s-region.el"
19691 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
19692 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "timezone.el" "uniquify.el"
19693 ;;;;;; "unused.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el"
19694 ;;;;;; "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
19695 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "xml.el" "xscheme.el"
19696 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
19697 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
19698 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
19699 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
19700 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
19701 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el"
19702 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
19703 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
19704 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
19705 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
19706 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
19707 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
19708 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
19709 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
19710 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
19711 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
19712 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
19713 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
19714 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
19715 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
19716 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
19717 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
19718 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
19719 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el"
19720 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
19721 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
19722 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
19723 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
19724 ;;;;;; "calendar/parse-time.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
19725 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
19726 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
19727 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
19728 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/float.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el"
19729 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el"
19730 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
19731 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
19732 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
19733 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
19734 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
19735 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
19736 ;;;;;; "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
19737 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
19738 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
19739 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
19740 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
19741 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
19742 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
19743 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
19744 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
19745 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
19746 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
19747 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
19748 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
19749 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
19750 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
19751 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el"
19752 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
19753 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
19754 ;;;;;; "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
19755 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
19756 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "international/characters.el"
19757 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
19758 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
19759 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
19760 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
19761 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
19762 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
19763 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/swedish.el"
19764 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-tables.el" "international/utf-8-subst.el"
19765 ;;;;;; "international/utf-8.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
19766 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
19767 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
19768 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
19769 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
19770 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
19771 ;;;;;; "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el"
19772 ;;;;;; "language/vietnamese.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
19773 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mh-funcs.el" "mail/mh-pick.el" "mail/mh-seq.el"
19774 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/uce.el"
19775 ;;;;;; "mail/vms-pmail.el" "obsolete/c-mode.el" "obsolete/cplus-md.el"
19776 ;;;;;; "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el"
19777 ;;;;;; "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el"
19778 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
19779 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
19780 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
19781 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
19782 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
19783 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
19784 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el"
19785 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "term/AT386.el"
19786 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el"
19787 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el"
19788 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el"
19789 ;;;;;; "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el"
19790 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el"
19791 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el"
19792 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el"
19793 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el"
19794 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
19795 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
19796 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
19797 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
19798 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
19799 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
19800 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el") (15577 23798 631183))
19801
19802 ;;;***
19803 \f
19804 ;;; Local Variables:
19805 ;;; version-control: never
19806 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
19807 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
19808 ;;; End:
19809 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here